/
Tags: magazine magazine better homes and gardens
Year: 2024
Text
With the fresh, timeless
appeal of whitewashed
beaches and native blossoms,
Surfmist® offers endlessly
stylish possibilities.
Inspired by Australia’s natural
landscapes, COLORBOND®
steel has the durability to
perform in some of Australia’s
harshest conditions.
Discover COLORBOND® steel’s
new and refreshed palette @
colorbond.com/colours
JUNE CONTENTS
80
20
come inside
20 Easy updates for every
room and every budget! Add
harmonious green to your scheme
157
28, 38 Bathroom and laundry
style for less!
48, 68 Hearty casseroles
Nourishing stews, dumplings
+ curries to warm your soul
58 Sweet spot Pear tarte tatin +
choc-orange mousse & honeycomb
80 Grow pretty perennials
94 The art of drying flowers
98 Plant vibrant natives
102 More dash than cash Turn
trash into top-notch treasure
116 From tablecloth to kids’
cubby for indoor fun!
122 Try flatpack hacks for tiny tots
132 DIY a woven wall light
157 Must makes! Time to cosy up
DECORATING & CRAFT
20 Ever green Create an indoor
oasis just from colour by going
big and bold with greens to envy
28 Belle of a bath Upgrade your
sanctuary with desirable ideas
that won’t break the bank
BHG JUNE
36 Bathroom remedies yuck guide
Troubleshoot your most common
bathroom cleaning challenges
38 Laundry reset Maximise
the amenity and appeal of this
most functional of spaces
46 Better decorating
116 Open house Whip up a colourful
kiddie playhouse you can then
fold away in a cupboard
122 Tidy tots Put your tools to work
making your toddler’s bedroom big
on personality and practicality
FOOD
48 Stew-pendous casseroles
Warm up winter with hearty
home cooking that smells
as divine as it tastes
58 Colin’s kitchen From fritters
to fruit-filled fancies, bite into a
smorgasbord of delicious flavours
68 Clarissa’s cuisine Glam up
pork pot stickers and simmer
your way to a fragrant curry
71 Eat well Designed for foodies
with diabetes, this recipe is so
tasty the whole fam will love it
72 Better cooking
Cover photography Alan Jensen; styling Jaimee Curdie
ON THE COVER
48 74
GARDENING
74 Golden autumn Light up
80
88
94
98
102
your life with flowers that
glow when the sun sits low
Heaven on St Erth Embrace
the chaos of a cottage-style
garden with a perennial border
full of colour, scent and texture
Mum’s the word Don’t have the
language to say what you mean?
Let flowers do the talking!
Forever flowers Ditch the vase
and dry your wildflowers to make
stunning arrangements that last
Local heroes Bring a rough
and rugged landscape to life with
tailor-made native plantings
Tips are tops! Raid the
trash for decorative garden
elements so you can save your
cash to splash on greenery
108 In your garden
110 Better gardening
112 Moon guide
132 On the light wavelength
Transform a single plank
of timber into a curved
wall light that doubles as
art – what a bright idea!
SUBSCRIBE TO
BETTER YOU
136 Love your locks Banish
winter hair woes to keep
your mane in tip-top shape
140 Better health
SPECIAL FEATURE
157 2024 knit & crochet
special Get crafty with
Receive a
MYSTERY
GIFT BOX
our new-season knitting
and crochet guide – there’s
something for all skill levels!
REGULAR FEATURES
valued at
$150
SEE PAGE
12 Editor’s letter
111 BHG shop Buy beautiful
and fragrant bare-rooted
roses to plant now
DIY & BUILDING
130 All the trimmings Up your
window dressing game with stylish
trim to frame the view outside
114 Better books
142 Better finance
144 Better pets
155 Better stockists
156 Privacy policy
VISIT US ONLINE FOR ALL THE LATEST UPDATES, PROJECTS AND GREAT IDEAS
bhg.com.au
facebook.com/bhgaus
instagram.com/bhgaus
pinterest.com/bhgaus
TV CONTENTS
watch us on tv
Every issue we bring you projects and recipes from the show for you to make and cook
FOOD
58 Colin Fassnidge Bacon and sweet
corn fritters with maple syrup;
Goddess guacamole wrap with
charred corn and chicken; Spiced
miso eggplant; Soy poached chicken
and lemongrass rice; Pear tarte
tatin; Chocolate-orange mousse
with homemade honeycomb
68 Clarissa Feildel Pork dumplings
(pot stickers); Indian yellow curry
GARDENING
80 Untame your garden with a cottage-
98
132
88
94
98
102
style blend of colour, perfume and
texture that flourishes organically
Say it with flowers – quite
literally – by discovering
their hidden language
Give your wildflowers long-lasting
life in stunning dried arrangements,
plus make a dried floral hanger
Bring an unforgiving landscape
to lush life with native plants
that thrive and survive
Transform trash into decorative
garden treasure and upcycle a roof
panel into a clever planter box
DECORATING & CRAFT
116 Sew an easy-store, entry-level
68
SEEN ON BHG TV
FRIDAYS 7.00
88
10 MAY TO
31 MAY 2024
NOTE: Television content subject to schedule changes.
Check your local program guides for viewing times.
Television enquiries (02) 9877 7652 Email tvenquiries@seven.com.au
8 BHG JUNE 2024
playhouse to give the kids a cute
cubby made for indoor fun
122 Deck out your toddler’s bedroom
by building a wardrobe with nook,
bookshelf, chalkboard table, wall
box cabinet, height chart, paper art
holder and adding colourful wall art
DIY & BUILDING
130 Jazz up your window dressing
by framing the view with
stylish architrave trim
132 Go pretty and practical with an
artistic wall light made from
a single plank of timber
Yes, I would like to subscribe to Better Homes and Gardens
PAYMENT OPTIONS
(Australian rates)
I WISH TO SUBSCRIBE FOR (tick one only)
Me Gift
■ ■ 12 months print only (13 issues) $80.00 SAVE 29% (BHGCD_15_8500_13_8500_A)
*Auto-renewal
■ ■ 12 months print only (13 issues) $85.00 SAVE 25% (BHGA_15_9000)
Upfront payment
■ I already subscribe. Please extend my subscription with the offer
selected above. For overseas rates, visit magshop.com.au/BHG246
MY DETAILS
NAME
ADDRESS
POSTCODE
TELEPHONE (
)
EMAIL
GIFT RECIPIENT DETAILS
NAME
ADDRESS
POSTCODE
TELEPHONE (
)
EMAIL
PAYMENT DETAILS
Cheque/money order for $___________ is enclosed payable to Magshop
or charge my ■ VISA ■ MASTERCARD ■ AMEX
■■■■ ■■■■ ■■■■
■■■■
CARDHOLDER’S NAME (please print)
CARDHOLDER’S SIGNATURE
EXPIRY DATE
/
Please photocopy this order form for additional subscriptions
SUBSCRIBING IS EASY
Send original or copy of this coupon (no stamp required) to:
Magshop Reply Paid 5252
SYDNEY, NSW, 2001
M246BHG
Savings based on Better Homes and Gardens cover price of $8.70. For full terms and conditions, visit
www.magshop.com.au/BHG246. Offer valid from 9/5/2024 to 5/6/2024 to Australian residents only
18yrs or over. Subscription copies do not receive free gifts offered at retail. Please tick if you’d prefer to not
receive offers and updates from: ☐ Are Media Pty Limited ☐ Our specially selected partners. Our Privacy
Policy can be found at aremedia.com.au/privacy and includes important information about our collection,
use and disclosure of your personal information (including the provision of targeted advertising based on
your online activities). It explains that if you do not provide us with information we have requested from you,
we may not be able to provide you with the goods and services you require. It also explains how you can
access or seek correction of your personal information, how you can complain about a breach of the
Australian Privacy Principles and how we will deal with a complaint of that nature. After the first 13
issues the subscription will renew at $80 every 13 issues thereafter. Subscription will be renewed
unless cancelled. Please allow up to 6 weeks to receive your subscriber bonus gift. The offer includes
a bonus Mystery Box valued at $150.00. Offer valid while stocks last. One gift per subscription.
3 OTHER
WAYS TO
ORDER
1
SCAN THE
QR CODE
TO ORDER
2
ONLINE
magshop.com.au/BHG246
3
CALL
136 116 and quote M246BHG
SUBSCRIBE TO
HURRY
!
OFFER
E
ND
AND RECEIVE A
JUNE 5 S
,
2024
VALUED AT
SUBSCRIBER BENEFITS
PAY JUST $80 FOR 13 ISSUES OF
BETTER HOMES AND GARDENS
VIA AUTOMATIC RENEWAL*
SAVE 29%
OFF THE
RETAIL PRICE
FREE DELIVERY
OF THE MAGAZINE TO
YOUR HOME EACH MONTH
EDITOR’S LETTER
Winter welcome
F
rom the food we create and
eat to the excuses we make
to cocoon at home where
it’s warm and cosy, winter is
a season all about known comforts.
But that doesn’t mean it has to
be idle. So in this issue, we’ve got
a wealth of ideas to make the most
of your stay-at-home longings.
Just look at the hearty chicken
pot roast on our cover – part meal,
part decadence. Check it out,
along with other casserole recipes,
from page 48. And for dessert, it’s
pear perfection, with the moreish
tarte tatin on this page from Colin
Fassnidge (from page 58).
Moving from the plate to the
practical, winter is a terrific time
to get busy indoors, particularly
with kni ing needles or a crochet
hook. In our purler 36+ page Knit
and Crochet Special at the back,
we have gorgeous handknits, so
wool creations and toasty throws
you’ll want to make and luxuriate
in and under. Whatever your skill
level, there’s something to try.
While you’re in the mood to be
hands-on, you could upgrade your
bathroom (page 28), reset your
laundry (page 38) or tackle those
family-friendly projects you’ve
been dreaming about, like
a kids’ cubby (page 116) or a fun
toddler bedroom (page 122). There
are also stunning ways to decorate
with dried flowers (page 94).
If you are keen to brave the cold,
there are lots of garden to-dos,
from autumn planting of blooms
(page 74) to mastering
the lovely language of
flowers (page 88).
Enjoy the issue!
CARING FOR THE CARERS
Be er Homes and Gardens is
proud to support the Cost of
Caring initiative, which calls on
the federal government to pay
superannuation for Australia’s
unpaid carers, seven in ten of
which are women. It’s an issue we
feel strongly about, so head to
change.org and search for ‘super
for carers’ to read up on the issue
and sign our petition.
BHG JUNE
Photography Con Poulos; styling Michele Cranston; food preparation Kerrie Worner
If there’s a single word that perfectly sets the tone for winter,
it’s ‘comfort’... from warming dishes to cosy décor and knits
You can’t steal
this gorgeous
good boy, but
how about the
sensational
staircase style
instead?
From page 20
Editor
Dora Papas
Creative director
Deputy editor
Scott Cassidy
Raffaela Pugliese
Production editor Joseph Kenworthy Chief sub editor Lucie Clark
Design director Monique Larracy Senior designer Carol Tang
Decorating editor Dora Papas Garden editor Jenny Dillon Food editor Sarah Murphy
DIY editor Tiff Bancroft Beauty editor Annie Millar Stylists Vanessa Tidy, Kate Walsh
Editor’s assistant Sonya Dlugosch Enquiries (02) 9282 8000
REGULAR CONTRIBUTORS
In your garden Tony Fawcett
Moon guide Milton Black Better pets Caroline Zambrano
ADVERTISING
Commercial brand manager Jo-Ann Taylor
Brand executive Claire Ellis
Sales director NSW, Vic, SA, WA Karen Holmes
Qld head of sales Judy Taylor
Marketing manager Jess Taylor
Subscriptions campaign manager Nicolette Zorzopis
TELEVISION
Host Johanna Griggs
Presenters: Pets Dr Harry Cooper Gardening Graham Ross, Melissa King DIY Adam Dovile
Food Colin Fassnidge Landscaping Charlie Albone Decorating Juliet Love
Executive producer Russell Palmer Series producer Rani Eaton
Production manager Mollie Jones
Researchers: Gardening & Landscaping Vivien Kappos, Grahame Rowe, Joshua Culpan
Decorating Karenza Jewell, Chris Cort DIY John Rae, Greg Sparke
Food Marnie Rowe, Kim Meredith Stylist/Junior decorating researcher Erin Brikich
Construction manager Scott Marvell
Producers Cassandra Felix, Daniel Gustafson, Cameron Hartley,
Cathy Foote, Stephanie Walsh, Rhian Petch
Associate producers Sharon Field, Heidi Ahrens
Post production Jessica Stone, Duncan Richards, Edvin Mandic, Amarnath Jones,
Bettina Otterbeck, Markus Siegl, Kate Tanttari, Steven Levett
Production assistants Callum Domeney, Sarah Johnson
Associate producer – social media Jacqui Pix
Commercial partnerships manager Stewart Light
Production co-ordinator Portia Cheung
Senior production co-ordinator Stephanie Lee
DIGITAL
bhg.com.au, bhgshop.com.au
Digital managing editor Rebecca Lowrey Boyd
Senior content producer Livia Gamble Content producer Rachel Iorfino
aRe MEDIA PTY LIMITED
(02) 9282 8000, 54 Park Street, Sydney, 2000
Chief executive officer Jane Huxley
Director of content Sally Eagle
General manager, homes Lisa Hudson
Commercial director Andrew Cook
DOTDASH MEREDITH INTERNATIONAL
Vice president, business and strategy Joy Evans
Executive director, licensing operations Paul Ordoñez
Reproduction: Printed in Australia by IVE Group, Building D, 350 Parramatta Rd, Homebush,
NSW 2140. Distributed by Are Direct. Published 13 times a year by Are Media Pty Ltd (ABN 053 273
546). For competition entries, use the address on entry forms. Title and trademark BETTER HOMES
AND GARDENS® reg US Patents Office, Canada and Australia, by Dotdash Meredith International.
Use of trademark is strictly prohibited. Recommended and maximum price $8.70 (NZ $9.70), inc GST.
All content © 2024 Are Media Pty Ltd, all rights reserved. Reproduction without permission is
prohibited. All prices and information are correct as at the time of printing. Prices quoted are
recommended retail prices and may vary. All material sent to Better Homes and Gardens (whether
solicited or not) will not be returned. Unless otherwise agreed beforehand, all rights including
copyright in such material is assigned to Are Media Pty Ltd upon receipt and Are Media Pty Ltd may
use or sell the material in all media worldwide in perpetuity without further consent or payment.
Better Homes and Gardens does not accept or assume responsibility for such material.
Television enquiries (02) 9877 7652 Email tvenquiries@seven.com.au
Magazine enquiries (02) 9282 8000 Email bhgmagenquiries@aremedia.com.au
Subscription customer service 136 116 Email magshop@magshop.com.au
Website magshop.com.au/ContactUs
HARVEY NO RM AN PRES E NTS
Curators of Comfort
Say goodbye to restless nights and hello
to heavenly slumber in the ultimate sleep
sanctuary. Harvey Norman holds the secret
to sweet dreams with these irresistibly
comfortable Australian made mattresses.
SEALY POSTUREPEDIC® EXQUISITE™ ‘CLAREMONT MEDIUM’ QUEEN MATT RESS, $3299; ‘CALLUM’ QUEEN BED IN CHARLES PARSONS ‘TIAMO’ SHERWOOD
FABRIC, $1999; SEALY OPTIMAL COMFORT STD PILLOWS, $199EA; ‘DUNEDIN’ 2-DRAWER BEDSIDE TABLE, $349EA; ‘MANSION’ UPHOLSTERED BED BENCH,
$899; FAUX FUR BLUSH CUSHION, $34.95; CALLIE ROSE CUSHION, $49; FAUX FUR BLUSH THROW, $49; CARNABY WOOD DESK CLOCK, $49;
EMMELINE CERAMIC VASE SMALL (17.5X17.5X18CM), $49 ; MOON TRIBAL IVORY RUG, LARGE (200X290CM), $799.
Relish a deep sleep on a Sealy Posturepedic®
Exquisite™ Mattress, featuring the exclusive
Harvey Norman Gel SenseComfort and a
10-year guarantee. Sense foam quilt and Gel
Visco centre-third layers adapt to your body,
absorbing muscular tension and providing
pressure relief for your lower back. A 3 Stage
RestSUPPORT™ system offers up to 15% more
support, responding to your body while deepdown support maintains your natural alignment.*1
HARVEYNORMAN.COM.AU
online | mobile | in store
Awake
Refreshed
Luxury meets comfort with the
King Koil Platinum Posture ‘Lisbon’
Mattress. This opulent collection
features premium CoolMax ® damask
fabric with a cashmere fibre blend,
ensuring a naturally regulated
temperature for your best sleep
yet. AeroQuilt, AeroFoam Plus
and AeroWeb elements combine
with Airflow Micro Comfort Coils,
so you can enjoy enhanced airflow
and balanced comfort all night long.
The Reflex Platinum support system
and Gel Infused Latex layering offer
superior support, while contouring
Copper Gel Infused Memory Foam
provides stellar pressure relief. Rest
easy with a 10-year guarantee.
KING KOIL PLATINUM POSTURE ‘LISBON MEDIUM’ QUEEN MATT RESS, $3599; 'OXFORD’ STANDARD QUEEN
BED WITH 2-DRAWER IN ‘PEARL MIST’ STAIN, $3699; ‘OXFORD’ ROUND BEDSIDE TABLE IN ‘PEARL MIST’ STAIN
(40X40X58CM), $999EA; ‘RITA’ BEDROOM CHAIR IN CHARLES PARSONS ‘VENUS’ SNOW FABRIC, $1299; A.H.
BEARD INCREDIBLE PILLOWS, $229EA; PIPED VELVET GOLD CUSHION (45X45CM), $19.95; PIPED VELVET SAGE
CUSHION (45X45CM), $19.95; L’AVENUE NALA OCHRE THROW – SMALL (127X152CM), $39; VIVICA LAMP
BLACK (38X38X54CM), $179; BIRK GLASS VASE, $49; PERA CHARCOAL MEDIUM RUG (160X230CM), $599.
Immerse yourself in nature’s embrace with
the stunning Oxford bed collection. Crafted
in Australia from Victorian ash, its intricate
panelling creates a tranquil haven for rest
and rejuvenation.
SHOP ONLINE WITH YOUR LOCAL STORE
HN.COM.AU OR CALL 1300 464 278
Each Harvey Norman® store is operated by an independent franchisee. Furniture prices are valid in Sydney, Melbourne
and Brisbane metropolitan areas only. Prices in country areas will be higher due to additional freight charges. Accessories
shown are not included. *1. vs Sealy R&D testing of competitor products at similar prices. Ends 30/06/24.
HARVEYNORMAN.COM.AU
online | mobile | in store
HOME IN COLOUR
EVER GREEN
20 BHG JUNE 2024
Reimagine your interior as an indoor-outdoor oasis
where home and garden are one and the same –
and colour is the tie that binds them
1 LI V I N G I N S I D E O U T
Every element in a room needs a visual
companion. Select green as your
foundation colour because it finds
its perfect match in lush outdoor
greenery. But which green to use?
Look no further than the trees or
shrubs in your garden for inspiration.
Here, olive was the shade of choice to
mirror the stunning hues seen outside.
R EU P H O L STE R A S ET
O F VI NTAG E
AR M C HAI R S I N CO SY
G R E E N VE LVET
TO CO M P LE M E NT
A HAN D SO M E LE ATH E R
SO FA THAT WI LL O N LY
I M P ROVE A S IT AG E S .
HOME IN COLOUR
2
ave you been devoted to a white
or neutral palette for most of
your life? Or maybe you’ve been
seduced by the sophistication
of a monochromatic black-andwhite scheme? They’re adored classics, but if
you’re aching to explore something new that’s
still in your comfort zone, take heart, for this
home shows it’s never too late to integrate
a new or favourite colour. Consider a dusky
olive or gently leafy green for a refreshing
change. You’ll find green lends itself to
traditional, country and contemporary
interiors, depending on the shade you pick,
as well as your home’s architectural and
decorating style. When you’re indoors, there
is a sensation of being outdoors as the green
elements help to seamlessly blend in with the
exterior. Ready to add a ‘plus one’ colour to
your existing scheme? Go for it.
BHG JUNE
2 W H AT ’ S C O O K I N G
Light-filled
kitchens – thanks to an
abundance of windows
– offer an opportunity
for darker cabinetry.
Consider olive or deep
sage hues. If using these
in tandem, reserve the
lighter sage for the main
units and the deeper
shade on the island for
balanced contrast.
3 S H E L F R E V I VA L
Reinvigorate shelving
with a pa erned
wallpaper that speaks
to your theme. Choose
a charming ditsy floral to
harmonise with your
overall aesthetic.
3
4 HARMONY IN GREEN
Display bold art to reinforce
your home’s colour scheme,
as here, where shades of
citrine, moss, forest and
sage stand out against the
white backdrop. Note the
end chairs’ sage-painted
legs and playful check fabric
that tie the artwork’s green
tones with the room’s
black accents.
MIX BOLD CONTRASTS
AND TIMELESS ELEGANCE
WITH A DASH OF GREEN
5
5 S L E E P TI G H T
6 WO N D E R WA L L S
7 S OA K SA N C T UA RY
Looking for a quick
and easy approach to
wainscoting? Try
Surround by Laminex
MDF panels. They
come pre-primed in
a variety of styles –
Classic VJ, Ba en,
Scallop, Demi Round,
Heritage and French
Stripe. Simply install,
cap and paint in your
preferred colour.
Don’t shy away from
a wallpaper print for
your bedroom, similar
to this monochromatic
trailing vine design in
keeping with the
home’s age. Used
all over it may be
perceived as busy, but
paired with white
wainscoting and shiplap
ceilings for relief, the
look is charming.
Sacrificing a closet or
annexing part of an
adjoining room for
a luxuriously spacious
bathroom makes good
sense. The result
here allows for a roomy
new shower and an
a ention-grabbing
freestanding claw-foot
tub that suits the
style and vintage of
the home.
6
B LU R TH E B O U N DARY
B ET W E E N I N S I D E AN D
O UT WITH A TALL
P L ANT P U R P OS E LY
P L AC E D BY YO U R
WI N DOWS
HOME IN COLOUR
R E I N FO RC E
TH E SC H E M E
TH RO U G H O UT YO U R
H O M E EVE N I N TH E
BATH ROO M WITH
LU S H FO LIAG E AN D
C H I C B L AC K D ETAI L S
7
JUNE BHG
HOME IN COLOUR
9 P E TIT E + P R E T T Y
Transform your guest
bedroom into a snug
retreat to rival the
master. Style tips to try:
• Maximise the space
with a built-in bed
nestled underneath
a series of windows and
flanked by narrow
part-wall convenient
bedside tables.
• Decorate with
a delightful fusion of
floral and check
bedding and so
furnishings.
• Enhance the ambience
with refreshing green
accents for an inviting
oasis guests can enjoy.
1 0 PAT I O PA N AC H E
9
8 ON THE RISE
Add a touch of flair to
your staircase with
a melange of tiles on the
risers. To stay true to
your scheme, choose
pa erns that share
a shade of green. If
pa ern overload is not
quite for you, use a solid
green tile every second
riser. Consider
handmade glazed
Mexican tiles with floral
and geometric designs
and not only will
your staircase be
a captivating feature of
your home, every step of
the journey will be a joy
to navigate. For similar
tiles, tilemob.com.au.
BHG JUNE
Go for the beauty of an
organic, free-flowing
design for your patio or
courtyard. You could
use new brick pavers,
but there’s something
charming about opting
for recycled red clay
versions, which bring
rustic character in
spades. Like this idea?
Get them at reclaimed
brick suppliers, salvage
yards or demo sites.
8
GREEN
YOUR SCENE
Against a crisp backdrop of black
and white, greens introduce
a sense of natural serenity and
earthy warmth. Olive green, with
its muted tones, adds depth and
richness. Sage green, on the other
hand, exudes a softer, more
subtle charm, imbuing your home
with a calming ambience. Used
sparingly as accents, or more
generously as focal points, these
green hues will infuse your home
with harmony and balance.
10
DREAM BATHROOMS
OF A
1 MONO ATTITUDE
Your aesthetic may be monochromatic, sleek and
clean, but there’s still room to be a tad daring. A
look-at-me mirror, an oval above-counter basin
(concrete or other), a marble-effect porcelain
countertop and/or brass accents (tapware, door
knobs, lighting) all serve as perfect finishing touches.
Photography Future Publishing
Tap into ideas for a bathroom
upgrade that proves you don’t
need unlimited cash to create
a distinctive and desirable
bathing space!
2 ON THE SURFACE
Instead of bland finishes, create
character and interest with different
surface materials. Add warmth to a
white bathroom with slats similar to the
reclaimed wood here, or create pattern
and texture with a herringbone-effect
tiled feature wall. PS Fix the slats on the
horizontal instead of the vertical to make
a narrow bathroom wall appear wider.
CO N S I D E R U S I N G TI M B E R
S L ATS TO H I G H LI G HT A
WI N DOW O R G IVE YO U R BATH
AN I NTE R E STI N G BAC KD RO P.
JUNE 2024 BHG 29
DREAM BATHROOMS
IMMERSE YOURSELF
IN A BATH WHERE STYLE
MEETS SERENITY
U S E S P R AY PAI NT TO
C R E ATE A D I P - DYE
E F F EC T O N A WOVE N
NATU R AL F I B R E BA S KET.
30 BHG JUNE 2024
3 GREEN WITH ENVY
Lend a twist to a rustic bathroom by
recolouring the exterior of your clawfoot
bath. While there are coloured tubs on the
market, opt for a professional resurfacing
service if you have a specific shade in
mind and your bath will have more than
earned its coveted status as the bathroom
centrepiece. PS Disguise your tapware’s
plumbing pipes within a part wall
alongside the bath. So clever!
Photography GAP Interiors/Piotr Gesicki/Julien Fernandez
repare to be immersed in a world of
endless possibilities for your bathing retreat.
Curated with you in mind, explore concepts
that embrace creativity and a willingness to
let go of the expected in order to transform
your space into a sanctuary of style and functionality.
From monochromatic, to contemporary bright and bold
schemes, to retro-inspired décor and even bathrooms
that include upcycled or restored pieces, there is a look
that you will identify with to add pleasure to your daily
routine. Go on, dive in and discover the perfect blend of
form and function for your oasis of relaxation.
G IVE A N O D TO 193 0 S
ST YLE AN D E LEVATE
YO U R BATH ROO M WITH
ART D ECO - ST YLE
M I R RO R S AN D CU B E D
WALL TI LE S .
4 STYLE FUSION
Creating a bathroom that feels unique and
personalised rather than a showroom replica, involves
adding character, warmth, personal touches as well as being brave.
Be confident and mix styles that resonate with you. Feel free to blend
mid-century modern pieces, such as this upcycled sideboard, art
deco-inspired tiles and mirrors, with contemporary elements.
5 COLOUR IT
U N D E R STATE D
F LOO R I N G I N A S I N G LE
S HAD E , S E E N I N TH E
F LOO R TI LE H E R E ,
LETS VI B R ANT
CO LO U R S AN D
G EO M ETR I C WALL
TI LE S S I N G !
32 BHG JUNE 2024
Photography GAP Interiors/Piotr Gesicki; Future Publishing
Not that long ago, white
bathrooms were the norm
as we shied away from colour.
Fast forward to today and colour
is to be celebrated as a means
of self-expression, revitalising
bathroom aesthetics with
individual flair and personality.
Try utilising colour as a feature,
while maintaining large surface
areas in neutral tones, to
strike a harmonious balance
between vibrancy and subtle,
understated modernity.
DREAM BATHROOMS
HAN G A C E I LI N G
R AI L FO R D I S P L AYI N G
HAN G I N G P L ANTS AN D
CO NTAI N E R S TO H O LD
S PAR E LOO RO LL S ,
I F F LOO R S PAC E
I S SCARC E .
6 BLACK BEAUTY
Although black and white bathrooms are not rare, what
is less common is painting the skirting and woodwork
trims black. Together with encaustic-look porcelain
floor tiles in a striking geo pattern and touches
of punchy colour, you’ll transform a bland
white box into a modern masterpiece.
Similar bottle trap, tap and bathroom-ware,
abiinteriors.com.au. Similar floor tiles,
Pattern Tile 21087, tilemall.com.au.
DREAM BATHROOMS
7 SPLASHBACK FLAIR
Are you looking to add pattern and interest
to a white bathroom wall? One of the easiest
ways is to tile the vanity wall with plain large
format or subway tiles in combination with a
patterned band of mosaics, designs of which
include herringbone, picket, lantern, wave...
Use a coloured grout to fill the joints of the
mosaic. Shop for similar affordable tiles at
bunnings.com.au.
G RO U P S EVE R AL
S MALL H E X AGO NAL
M I R RO R S . TH E E F F EC T
I S M O R E I NTE R E STI N G
THAN J U ST O N E
L ARG E M I R RO R .
REPURPOSE A
ROADSIDE FIND AS
A UNIQUE VANITY
34 BHG JUNE 2024
Photography Future Publishing; GAP Interiors/Piotr Gesicki
I N CO R P O R ATE
F E ATU R E S S U C H
A S COO R D I NATI N G
WALL- H U N G CAB I N ETS
WITH N I C H E S FO R
AD D E D STO R AG E AN D
F U N C TI O NALIT Y.
8 PRIVACY
MATTERS
Conceal your toilet and bidet
behind a privacy partition wall
that helps define different zones
within the room. Practical, especially
in a shared space where multiple people
have to use the bathroom at the same
time. Add visual interest to the vanity zone
with architectural detail, a timber cabinet,
vibrant basins and paintwork. For similar
tapware, abiinteriors.com.au.
CLEANING TIPS
BAT H R O O M r e m e d i e s
YUCK
GUIDE
T HE YUCK
Unpleasant odours
T HE FIX
T H E YUC K
Toothpaste
splatters in sink
Odour absorbers
Don’t just mask
offensive, lingering
bathroom odours,
eliminate them. You
could use an odourabsorbing sponge,
or tuck a dish filled
with bicarb soda in
an inconspicuous
corner of the room
and it will absorb the
odours over time.
T H E FI X
Microfibre
sponge
If your bathroom
sink looks like
Jackson Pollock
started working
with toothpaste,
place a machine
washable
microfibre
sponge on
the sink ledge
for easy daily
clean-up. Wash
the sponge with
your bathroom
towels once a
week. Try Magic
Microfibre
Cleaning
Sponge.
BHG JUNE
T HE YUCK
Hair clogs in drains
T HE FIX
Shower hair
strainer
No-one enjoys the
icky job of cleaning
hair from the
shower drain! The
solution – the Handi
Home Disposable
Shower Hair
Strainer, available
from Bunnings.
It suits all round
shower grates.
Simply peel the
backing,
then
stick the selfadhesive strainer
over the grate. It lasts
for several showers
and can be removed
and replaced with
ease. If you have a
square shower grate,
search amazon.com.
au for square silicone
shower drain covers
with suction cups.
T HE Y U CK
Persistent dampness
T HE FI X
Moisture absorber
A bathroom that just
won’t dry out due to
a lack of ventilation
is a breeding ground
for mould and
mildew. DampRid is
a dehumidifier that
comes as a bag or tub
of crystals to absorb
excess moisture
straight from the air.
T HE Y U CK
Cloudy, spotted
shower glass
T HE FI X
Dryer sheets
Nothing will get a
cloudy, spotted glass
shower door cleaner
than a dryer sheet.
Wet the glass, ball
the sheet up, and
scrub the door with
it in a circular motion.
T HE Y U C K
Wipe the glass clean
with a microfibre
cloth to remove soap
scum and residue
from the dryer sheet.
T HE Y U CK
Hair and product
build-up on floors
T HE FI X
A robotic mop
The compact
iRobot Braava
Jet Robot Mop
offers mopping and
sweeping options.
The damp
sweeping
pads are
perfect
for
picking
up hair
as well as
eliminating residue
from dry shampoo
and hairspray.
T HE Y U CK
Tub rings
T HE FI X
Oxy-action laundry
soaker
Dirt and product
residue can leave
behind a scum
ring in your
bathtub.
A quick
fix is to
fill the
Grimy faucets,
basin and toilet
T HE F IX
Foaming and multipurpose cleaners
Spray your toilet,
tub, basin and tap
seams with foaming
bathroom cleaner.
Let it sit for about
2-3 minutes, then
use a wet microfibre
cloth (rinsing with
clean water as
needed) to wipe
clean the basin,
taps and then the
tub. Clean the toilet
bowl with a toilet
brush, then
wipe the
cleaner
off the
tank and
base. Use
Windex Surface
& Glass Cleaner
on the mirror. For
specialty surfaces
like marble,
use specifically
formulated
cleaners.
Photography Adobe Stock,
Getty Images
Troubleshoot common and
challenging bathroom clean-ups
with these clever tips and hacks
tub with very hot
water and add
a scoop of an
oxy-action laundry
stain remover. Wait
15 minutes for the
solution to dissolve
build-up, then drain
and wipe clean.
FP2023DIODIR
UTILITY ROOM IDEAS
1
I N CO R P O R ATE O P E N
S H E LVE S TO S H OWCA S E
AN D STO R E J U G S ,
D ECANTE R S AN D VA S E S .
D ECO R ATIVE B L AC K
M ETAL B R AC KETS LE N D
AN E LEGANT AI R .
1 ST E P BAC K I N TI M E
FO R L ARG E R L AU N D R I E S ,
A SO RTI N G AN D FO LD I N G
TAB LE STR E AM LI N E S TA S KS .
IT ’ S C E RTAI N LY E A S I E R TO
FO LD L ARG E S H E ETS ,
B L AN KETS AN D TOW E L S .
Photography GAP Interiors/Caroline Mardon/Colin Poole
Tailor your laundry’s style to
complement that of your home, as here,
where teal-coloured Shaker-inspired
units reach the ceiling for max storage.
The washer and dryer are strategically
separated by a supply cupboard with
a convenient work/sink station above.
Unlock the potential in your laundry with solutions to enhance its appearance and storage opportunities
2
I F YO U TE N D TO
M U LTI -TA S K ,
LOCATE YO U R
M I N I L AU N D RY
N E AR TH E
KITC H E N FO R
CO NVE N I E NT
ACC E S S . THAT
WAY YO U CAN
COO K W H I LE
TAC KLI N G TH E
W E E KLY WA S H .
L
aundries have evolved from unloved
hidden spaces to rooms that blend
style and functionality seamlessly. So
wave goodbye to your uninspiring laundry
and welcome in a new era with these
ideas for creative cabinetry, distinctive
colour schemes and tailored storage
solutions. Every load will be a pleasure!
2 MINI BUT MIGHTY
Ideal for homes tight on
space, a mini laundry is
tucked behind a rolling
barn door to lessen the
footprint of swing-open
doors, while also adding
character. Opt for
a 2-in-1 washer dryer
to allow for valuable
storage above.
JUNE 2024 BHG 39
UTILITY ROOM IDEAS
3 STO R E M O R E
4 P U L L- O U T H A M P E R S
Attractive lidded storage tubs
are excellent for organising
laundry essentials, from
towels and detergents to dryer
sheets. For a polished look,
choose sturdy, stackable
modular containers to match
your décor. Visit
inaboxsolutions.com.au.
Integrated laundry hampers
are a gamechanger when
sorting your wash into lights
and darks. Contributing to an
uncluttered look, these two
35L base mount hampers,
designed to suit Kaboodle
Kitchen’s 450mm cabinet,
slide in and out, effortlessly.
3
4
REIN IN CLUTTER
Struggling to stay on top of laundry chaos? Faced
with overflowing hampers, cleaning supplies strewn
around... Regain control with storage strategies,
from vertical shelving and savvy detergent corrals to
bin and hamper systems, tailored to transform your
laundry into a meticulously organised sanctuary.
5 LOW- C O S T L AU N D RY
Why go bespoke and broke
when kitchen flatpack base
and upper units can be
customised. Seen here are
Macaroon modern profile
doors/panels and American
oak benchtops from
kaboodle.com.au.
6 S M A L L- S PAC E S O LU T I O N
In smaller apartments or
homes, stacking your washer
and dryer inside a cupboard is
a space-saver and helps
maintain a tidy appearance,
especially in an open-plan or
high-traffic area. Combine the
‘laundry’ with a narrow pantry
unit alongside it for easy
access to laundry and cleaning
supplies, sorted by type.
40 BHG JUNE 2024
5
Photography courtesy of Kaboodle Kitchen, GAP Interiors/Lizzie Orme
6
UTILITY ROOM IDEAS
7 T H E M I DA S TO U C H
Ever wondered if pink and gold
go well together? This laundry
room emphatically proves
they’re a great match! Here,
Kaboodle Kitchen’s Candy
Floss doors are teamed with
Worn Gold Salento handles.
8 O P TI M I S E STO R AG E
Utilise vertical wall space to
boost your storage capacity.
Opt for closed units, as well as
open cubbies to showcase
decorative elements such as
baskets and plant life to bring
a touch of nature indoors. For
the wow factor, consider the
whimsical Floral Fantasy by
Kelsie Rose Creative
removable wallpaper,
minnieandmeinteriors.com.
7
8
FOR PRODUCT DETAILS,
VISIT KABOODLE.COM.AU.
9
10
AD D A TO U C H O F W H I M SY
WITH TH I S F LO R AL FANTA SY
WALLPAP E R . IT ’ S A P E R F EC T
MATC H FO R TH E CAN DY
F LO S S CAB I N ETS .
Photography Dylan James, courtesy of Kaboodle
Kitchen. Laundry Minnie + Me Interiors. Due to the
printing process, colour reproduction is a guide only.
CAN DY F LO S S
MAT T F I N I S H
DOO R S CO M E I N
TH E ALP I N E
P RO F I LE , A S H E R E ,
A S W E LL A S TH E
CU STO M I SAB LE
M O D E R N P RO F I LE .
PINK + CHIC
Doing the wash is so much more enjoyable if
you design your laundry with equal emphasis on
functionality and aesthetics. Here, the vision was for
a fusion of playful elegance where the lively candy
pink cabinetry is balanced by the stone-like laminate
benchtop. Every aspect of this space, from the
affordable flatpack units to the whimsical wallpaper, is
a reflection of personal style and resourcefulness.
9 M AT E R I A L M AT T E R S
1 0 ‘ L’ I S F O R L AU N D RY
Before committing to your
scheme, create a moodboard
of the finishes – be it digital,
print or made up of actual
materials. Here, the matt
Tapioca benchtop, with subtle
stone-like speckles, subdues
the Candy Floss pink doors
and panels, while the Worn
Gold Salento handles add
glam. Benchtop, doors, panels,
handles, kaboodle.com.au.
Plan for an L-shaped laundry
for maximum efficiency while
maintaining a sense of
openness. To create a natural
flow for tasks, place your
washer and dryer side-by-side
on one arm of the ‘L’ for easy
transfer of laundry loads.
Also opt for a spacious
wraparound benchtop to
provide ample room for
sorting, folding and ironing.
JUNE 2024 BHG 43
UTILITY ROOM IDEAS
wa s h - day r e m e d i e s
LAUNDRY SOS
Handy hacks and quick tips to keep your garments and linens in pristine condition
THE FIX
Laundry capsules
One of the biggest
errors can be using
too much laundry
detergent. Overuse
can create too many
suds, which then trap
soil, allowing it to
redeposit on clothes.
Try using less and
note the results. One
great way to monitor
your detergent usage
is by using OMO
3-in-1 capsules. OMO
has pre-measured
the perfect amount
into each capsule,
delivering the right
dose every time.
PROBLEM
Fresh stains
THE FIX
Don’t wait, treat
them straight away!
The key to successful
stain removal is to act
quickly. As soon as
possible after you get
a stain, rinse or soak
the garment in cold
water, apply stain
remover and throw
it into the washing
machine. If the
stain doesn’t come
out, don’t dry the
garment. Use a stain
remover and rewash.
OMO Ultimate
liquid has built-in
pre-treaters, which
means you can dab it
directly onto the
stain – a simple
pre-treatment and
washing detergent
in one.
PROBLEM
Smelly clothes
SOLUTION
Spritz with vodka
Fill a small spray
bottle with straight
vodka, hang and
spritz your clothes.
Colourless and
odourless, vodka is
a terrific solution for
clothes that smell like
cigarette smoke or
cooking endeavours.
The alcohol kills
bacteria and removes
strong odours.
PROBLEM
Wrinkles and static
THE FIX
Wool balls
Reusable, ecofriendly and
sustainable,
wool balls can
help dry clothes
and bedlinen
faster, and minimise
wrinkles, as well as
help prevent sheets
from tangling. The
result – laundered
items are soft, fluffy
and free of static.
Just add three balls
in the dryer with your
laundry items. If you
wish, halfway through
44 BHG JUNE 2024
the drying cycle
you can add three
drops of fragrance
oil to each ball to
also lightly scent
your clothing and/or
linens. The bonus?
As wool balls shorten
the drying time,
they can also help
reduce your energy
consumption. Try
Nontre’s Dryer Balls,
$22, nontre.co.
away the pills. Use
a lint roller to grab
the removed pilling.
You can also use the
Eezy Fabric Comb (at
Spotlight) or small,
low-cost, batteryoperated devices
called fabric shavers
(take care not to
catch or cut fabric).
PROBLEM
Wrinkly collars/cuffs
THE FIX
PROBLEM
Wool pilling
THE FIX
Comb or shave
Prevention is better
than cure – pilling is
caused by abrasion,
so avoid friction as
much as possible.
Wash your garments/
items inside out.
And don’t use
fabric softener as
it leaves a residue
that causes pilling.
However, despite
your best efforts,
pilling may still occur,
so routinely remove
it after drying to
avoid too many
pills. To de-pill
wool, use a
sharp razor
and work in the
one direction,
holding the
garment flat and
taut as you shave
Press with a hair
straightener
It’s a handy solution
for small items,
wrinkled collars or
cuffs. Press out the
wrinkles with a gentle
run of a flat-iron.
Don’t linger too long
in any one spot as
you risk burning the
fabric, and use a low
setting with caution
on delicate items. Do
not use this method
on items that say not
to iron them.
Photography Adobe Stock and courtesy of OMO. Prices are approximate and a guide only.
PROBLEM
Using too much
detergent
The
smart for
choice
any home
Upgrade your home, rental or
holiday house easily with the
Gainsborough range of smart locks.
Whether a new build or retrofit, the
Gainsborough range of smart locks are stylishly
designed and packed full with features. Simple
to install and even simpler to use! Say goodbye
to lost keys or wondering if the door is locked –
home security is at your fingertips.
Liberty Smart Lock
NOW
WITH
BUILT-IN
Wi-Fi
Liberty Smart Entrance Lock
Gainsborough Liberty
GFSW8951AURBSC
GFSW8951AURMB
•
Advanced Fingerprint sensor
•
Voice activated lock/unlock**
•
Works with Grid Connect platform
•
RFID tag
•
Easy installation
Find out more about the
Gainsborough Smart Lock range at
www.gainsboroughhardware.com.au
Gainsborough Freestyle
•
3 modes of locking
•
Encrypted connection for advanced security
•
Keyless entry
•
Remote access via app
Gainsborough is part of the Allegion family of brands
*
Google is a trademark of Google LLC.
**When used with the Grid Connect Wi-Fi hub- sold separately
© Allegion 2024
DESIGN MATTERS
better decorating
[
T H E L AT E S T P R O D U C T S A N D H O M E I N T E R I O R T R E N D S
]
SHELF
INDULGENCE
Towering shelves will
max your display area
while drawers are
ideal to stash everyday
items. Amalfi Reclaimed
pine wood shelving
Natural 90 x 40 x
190cm, isalbi.com.au.
Bowled over
Curate a combo of tableware from
different yet coordinating stoneware
sets to create an eclectic dining
experience. Available in sets of 4 are
the Audrey dinner ($89) or salad ($75)
plates, serving ($85) or cereal ($75)
bowls, and mugs ($69), all in either Brick
Red, Brown Clay or Sand,
castlery.com/au.
46 BHG JUNE 2024
DREAMLAND
Considered passé not all that
long ago, macramé has made an
impressive comeback. Get knotty
and learn to make art, jewellery, plant
hangers and more in eye-catching
colours or neutrals. Sweet Home
Macramé, A Beginner’s Guide to
Macramé by Casey Alberti, $39.99,
murdochbooks.com.
Add style, comfort and warmth to
your bedroom with an upholstered
bed frame and bedhead. Choose
a value-for-money design with
built-in drawers at the base for
convenient, space-saving storage,
especially in smaller bedrooms.
Astor 2-drawer beige bed base
Queen, $1099, domayne.com.au.
AFFORDABLE ART
Immerse yourself in art that’s priced
to delight collectors and enthusiasts
alike without blowing the budget.
Featuring emerging talents and
established artists, you can also view
the creative process in action live at
the Affordable Art Fair in Sydney,
13-16 June, and Melbourne,
29 August-1 September,
affordableartfair.com.
Prices are approximate and a guide only. Due to the printing process, colour reproduction is a guide only.
KNOT TO
BE MISSED
LET’S CHANGE AGED
CARE TOGETHER
The Australian Government is making changes to aged care.
These reforms will improve aged care in Australia now and
into the future.
We are working with older people, their families, carers and
the aged care sector to create better aged care services and
a better standard of care for older people in Australia.
You can have your say about the
changes to aged care:
Looking for an aged
care home?
Sign up to receive EngAged, our monthly
newsletter for older people:
To compare the quality of aged care homes
across Australia visit:
health.gov.au/aged-care-newslettersubscribe
Visit the Aged Care Engagement Hub to find
out about the latest consultation opportunities
and outcomes at:
AgedCareEngagement.health.gov.au
Authorised by the Australian Government, Canberra
MyAgedCare.gov.au/find-a-provider
The Find a Provider tool will show you each
home’s Star Rating, and how much the service
is spending on care, food, wages and more.
This will help you compare quality and choose
a home that suits your needs.
CASSEROLES & STEWS
CLASSIC LAMB CASSEROLE
WITH COLCANNON MASH
Pair meltingly tender slow-roasted
lamb shoulder with ‘colcannon’ Irish
potato mash made with potatoes,
greens, onion, butter and cream.
Recipe on page 54
stew-pendous
Slowly simmer your way to delicious hearty dinners to warm up
your home and hungry bellies on chilly winter nights
CREAMY LEMON AND THYME
CHICKEN POT ROAST
Reinvent the classic Sunday night
roast chook into a succulent sensation.
Cook your spuds in the fragrant stock
mixture for potato perfection!
Recipe on page 54
JUNE 2024 BHG 49
CASSEROLES & STEWS
STICKY BALSAMIC
BEEF STEW WITH
CHEDDAR AND CHIVE
DUMPLINGS
Your secret weapon for this
substantial stew? A sachet of
French onion soup mix! And for
max flavour, spike your dumpling
mixture with cheese and chives.
Recipe on page 54
50 BHG JUNE 2024
BUDGET-FRIENDLY
ITALIAN MEATBALL
PASTA STEW
Roll into a fuss-free dinner
with a saucy, pocket-friendly
mince. Then whiz up pesto
from scratch in an instant
for a fresh green topper.
Recipe on page 56
STICKY PORK STEW WITH
PICKLED SALAD AND RICE
Serve tangy pickles with sweet and
spicy pork belly for a deliciously
addictive combo. Pick up a mandoline
for impressively uniform and fast
sliced vegies every time.
Recipe on page 56
52 BHG JUNE 2024
CASSEROLES & STEWS
BUDGET-FRIENDLY
SLOW COOKER
TURKISH ZUCCHINI
AND BEAN STEW
Slowly simmer vegies with
peppy paprika and cumin
into a heartwarming dinner
that’ll satisfy even the
meat lovers at your table.
Recipe on page 57
CASSEROLES & STEWS
CLASSIC LAMB
CASSEROLE
WITH
COLCANNON
MASH
Preparation time 20 mins
Cooking time 2 hours 30 mins
Serves 4-6
1/4 cup plain flour
Sea-salt flakes and freshly ground
black pepper, to season
1.5kg boneless lamb shoulder,
4cm pieces
1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil
200g streaky bacon, sliced
1 brown onion, chopped
2 carrots, peeled, chopped
2 stalks celery, chopped
4 cloves garlic, sliced
4 stalks rosemary, chopped
1 cup chicken stock
1 cup red wine
2 Tbsp seeded mustard
2 Tbsp Worcestershire sauce
2 Tbsp tomato paste
COLCANNON MASH
800g sebago potatoes, peeled
and cut into large chunks
50g unsalted butter, chopped
4 green onions, thinly sliced
1 bunch kale, stems removed
and shredded
150ml pure cream
STEP 1 Preheat oven to 200°C/180°C
fan-forced. Put flour in a large bowl
and season. Add lamb and toss to
coat. Shake off excess flour and
reserve. Heat 2 tablespoons of the oil in
a flameproof, ovenproof casserole dish
on high heat. Cook lamb in 2 batches,
for 6-8 minutes, turning occasionally
or until browned. Set aside on a plate
and repeat with remaining lamb.
Remove from the pan and set aside.
STEP 2 Add bacon to the pan and
reduce heat to medium. Cook for
4 minutes, or until golden. Add
remaining oil. Add onion, carrot
and celery, and cook for 5 minutes,
stirring frequently, until golden.
54 BHG JUNE 2024
Add garlic and half of the rosemary
and cook for 1 minute.
STEP 3 Stir reserved flour into
the pan. Add stock, wine, mustard,
Worcestershire and tomato paste.
Bring to a simmer. Return lamb and
cover with a lid. Put in the oven
and cook for 1 hour 30 minutes.
Remove the lid, return to the oven
and cook for a further 15-20 minutes.
STEP 4 Meanwhile, for the Mash, put
potato in a large saucepan of cold
water. Season with salt. Bring to a boil
on high and cook for 20 minutes, or
until tender. Drain, and return to the
pan. Use a potato masher, or potato
ricer to mash until smooth.
STEP 5 Melt butter in a small frying pan
on high heat. Add onion and kale and
cook for 3-4 minutes, stirring, or until
just wilted. Add cream and bring to
a simmer. Stir onion mixture into
potato mash until combined. Season.
Serve lamb with colcannon mash
and sprinkled with remaining rosemary.
TO FREEZE Cool stew completely and
store in airtight containers. To serve,
make the mash and reheat stew.
CREAMY LEMON
AND THYME
CHICKEN POT
ROAST
Preparation time 10 mins
Cooking time 1 hour 30 mins
Serves 4
1.6kg whole chicken
1 small lemon, halved, plus 1 extra,
halved
12 lemon thyme sprigs, plus extra,
to serve
3 cloves garlic, peeled
2 Tbsp extra virgin olive oil
Sea-salt flakes and freshly ground
black pepper, to season
11/2 cups chicken stock
2 tsp mustard powder
1 Tbsp garlic powder
1kg chat potatoes, halved
1/2 cup pure cream
1 tsp smoked paprika
1 bunch broccolini, roughly chopped
1/4 cup packed flat-leaf parsley,
finely chopped
STEP 1 Preheat oven to 220°C/200°C
fan-forced. Put the 2 lemon halves,
6 of the thyme sprigs and garlic into
the cavity of the chicken. Tie legs with
kitchen string. Rub with oil and season.
Put in a large, wide Dutch oven or
casserole dish.
STEP 2 Whisk stock, mustard and
garlic powders together. Pour stock
mixture around chicken. Cover with lid
and put in oven. Cook for 45 minutes.
STEP 3 Uncover, add potato around
the chicken. Pour over cream, arrange
extra lemon around chicken and
sprinkle chicken with paprika. Cook,
uncovered, for a further 45 minutes, or
until chicken and potatoes are tender,
adding broccolini in final 15 minutes.
STEP 4 Finely chop remaining thyme.
Stir through with parsley just before
serving. Serve with extra thyme sprigs.
STICKY
BALSAMIC
BEEF STEW
WITH CHEDDAR
AND CHIVE
DUMPLINGS
Preparation time 30 mins
Cooking time 3 hours
Serves 6
2 Tbsp extra virgin olive oil
1.3kg beef brisket, cut into 6
1 red onion, cut into wedges
2 carrots, peeled, thickly sliced
on an angle
1 celery stalk, sliced
1 cup red wine
400g can diced tomatoes
35g packet French onion
soup mix
1/2 cup balsamic vinegar
1/4 cup honey
11/2 cups water
2 bay leaves
Sea-salt flakes and freshly
ground black pepper,
to season
CLASSIC CHICKEN
CASSEROLE
Let the oven do the hard work,
then tuck into a plate of
ultra-comforting creamy chook
casserole. The chicken thigh
cutlets are oh-so-juicy and
fall-apart fabulous after
lovely long, slow cooking!
Recipe on page 57
CASSEROLES & STEWS
STEP 1 Preheat oven to 200°C/180°C
fan-forced. Heat oil in a large flameproof
casserole dish. Add beef in 2 batches.
Cook for 6 minutes, turning, until
browned. Transfer to a plate.
STEP 2 In same pan, combine onion,
carrot, celery, wine, tomato, onion
soup mix, balsamic vinegar, honey,
water and bay leaves on high and
bring to a simmer. Return beef to pan.
Season. Cover with lid and bake for
2 hours 30 mins or until meat is tender.
STEP 3 To make Dumplings, put flour,
butter and chives in a large bowl. Rub
together with your fingers. Add
cheddar and stir to combine. Season.
Gradually add milk and mix until just
combined. Tip out onto a lightly floured
surface and knead until combined.
Divide into 12 and roll into balls.
STEP 4 Arrange dough balls on top
of beef and brush with extra milk.
Increase oven to 220°C/200°C
fan-forced. Cook, uncovered, for 30
minutes, or until golden and bubbling.
STEP 5 Set aside for 10 minutes. Serve.
ITALIAN
MEATBALL
PASTA STEW
Preparation time 25 mins
Cooking time 40 mins
Serves 6
600g pork mince
1 brown onion, coarsely grated
2 cloves garlic, crushed
1 Tbsp finely chopped oregano
1 Tbsp finely chopped rosemary
1 free-range egg, lightly beaten
1/2 cup fresh sourdough breadcrumbs
1/4 cup finely grated parmesan, plus
extra, to serve
56 BHG JUNE 2024
Sea-salt flakes and freshly ground
black pepper, to season
2 Tbsp extra virgin olive oil
400g can diced tomatoes
21/3 cups chicken stock
1/3 cup red wine
3 bay leaves
200g small shell pasta
PESTO
1 cup firmly packed basil leaves, plus
extra leaves, to serve
1/2 cup firmly packed oregano leaves
1 cup finely grated parmesan
1/4 cup toasted pine nuts
3/4 cup extra virgin olive oil
STEP 1 Preheat oven to 220°C/200°C
fan-forced. Combine pork, onion, garlic,
oregano, rosemary, egg, breadcrumbs
and parmesan in a bowl. Season. Mix to
combine. Using 2 heaped tablespoons
at a time, roll into balls. Set aside.
STEP 2 Heat oil in a flameproof
casserole dish on medium-high heat.
Cook meatballs in 2 batches for
5 minutes or until browned all over.
Remove and set aside.
STEP 3 Add tomato, stock, red wine
and bay leaves to same pan. Bring to
a simmer on medium. Return meatballs
to pan. Cover with a lid, transfer to oven,
bake for 30 minutes, or until tender.
STEP 4 Meanwhile, cook pasta
following packet directions.
STEP 5 To make Pesto, put basil,
oregano, parmesan and pine nuts in a
small food processor. Pulse until finely
chopped. Gradually add oil and pulse
until mixture comes together. Season.
STEP 6 Toss pasta through meatballs.
Serve with pesto, extra basil and
extra parmesan.
TO FREEZE Cool completely and
store in airtight containers. Freeze
pesto in separate container. Reheat
meatballs to serve. Thaw the pesto
and serve.
STICKY PORK
STEW WITH
PICKLED SALAD
AND RICE
Preparation time 20 mins, plus pickling
Cooking time 1 hour 50 mins
Serves 4-6
1 Tbsp vegetable oil
1.2kg boneless pork belly, cut
into 3cm pieces
1 brown onion, thinly sliced
2 Tbsp finely grated ginger
4 cloves garlic, crushed
3/4 cup soy sauce
1/4 cup gochujang (Korean chilli paste)
1/2 cup mirin
1 Tbsp honey
13/4 cups water
4 green onions, thinly sliced, to serve
Sesame seeds, toasted, to serve
Steamed white rice, to serve
PICKLED VEGETABLE SALAD
1 Tbsp sesame oil
2 Tbsp caster sugar
1 tsp table salt
1/4 cup rice wine vinegar
2 carrots, peeled and thinly sliced
on a mandoline
1 Lebanese cucumber, thinly sliced
on a mandoline
1 small bunch radishes, trimmed
and thinly sliced into rounds
on a mandoline
STEP 1 Heat oil in a large, heavy-based,
wide saucepan on medium heat. Add
pork in 2 batches cooking for 6 minutes,
or until browned. Remove and set aside.
STEP 2 Add onion and cook, stirring
for 4 minutes, or until golden. Add
ginger and garlic and cook for a further
2 minutes, or until fragrant.
STEP 3 Whisk soy, gochujang, mirin,
honey and water together and pour
into the pan. Return pork to pan, bring to
a simmer. Reduce heat to low, cover
and cook for 1 hour 30 minutes, stirring
occasionally until tender and sticky.
STEP 4 Meanwhile, make Pickled salad.
Put oil, sugar, salt and vinegar in a small
Photography Alan Jensen; styling Jaimee Curdie; food preparation Tamika O’Neill; recipes Jessica Brook
DUMPLINGS
21/2 cups self-raising flour
150g cold unsalted butter, chopped
1/4 cup chopped chives
80g cheddar, coarsely grated
150ml milk, plus extra, to brush
saucepan on high heat. Bring to
a simmer, stirring to dissolve sugar.
Remove from heat. Put vegetables
in a large bowl. Pour over pickling
liquid and set aside to cool. Refrigerate.
STEP 5 To serve, drain pickling liquid
from vegetables. Serve pork, sprinkled
with green onion and sesame seeds,
with rice and pickled vegetable salad.
TO FREEZE Cool completely and
store in airtight containers. To serve,
thaw. Make pickles and serve with rice.
SLOW COOKER
TURKISH
ZUCCHINI AND
BEAN STEW
Preparation time 10 mins
Cooking time 2 hours 10 mins
Serves 4
1/4 cup extra virgin olive oil
2 brown onions, cut into rounds
4 cloves garlic, thinly sliced
1/2 tsp dried chilli flakes, plus
extra, to serve
1 tsp dried mint
2 tsp ground paprika
1 tsp smoked paprika
2 tsp ground cumin
1 tsp finely grated lemon zest
1 Tbsp caster sugar
1/2 cup vegetable stock
400g can diced tomatoes
Sea-salt flakes and freshly ground
black pepper, to season
400g green beans, trimmed
4 small zucchini, roughly chopped
Turkish bread, toasted, to serve
Greek-style yoghurt, to serve
1 cup loosely packed mint sprigs,
to serve
Lemon wedges, to serve
STEP 1 Heat oil in a large frying pan on
high heat. Add onion and cook, turning
occasionally for 6 minutes, or until
golden. Add garlic and cook for
a further 1 minute.
STEP 2 Transfer mixture to a slow
cooker. Add chilli, half of the dried
mint, paprika, cumin, zest, sugar, stock
and tomato. Season. Cover with a lid.
Cook for 30 minutes on high.
STEP 3 Add green beans and zucchini.
Cook, covered, on high for 1 hour
30 minutes, or until beans and zucchini
are tender.
STEP 4 Serve zucchini with toasted
Turkish bread, yoghurt, extra chilli,
remaining dried mint, mint sprigs
and lemon wedges.
CLASSIC
CHICKEN
CASSEROLE
Preparation time 20 mins
Cooking time 1 hour 25 mins
Serves 4
2 Tbsp extra virgin olive oil
8 bone-in chicken thighs, skin on
Sea-salt flakes and freshly ground
black pepper, to season
2 leeks, trimmed and cut into
2cm rounds
1 stalk celery, thinly sliced
1 small fennel, trimmed and
thinly sliced
2 Tbsp plain flour
1 cup chicken stock
1 cup white wine
1 tsp fennel seeds
1/2 cup mascarpone
2 Tbsp Dijon mustard
1 small bunch Dutch carrots, unpeeled,
trimmed, scrubbed and halved
1/4 bunch tarragon leaves,
finely chopped
Steamed green beans and steamed
chat potatoes, to serve
STEP 1 Preheat oven to 200°C/180°C
fan-forced. Heat oil in large, flameproof
casserole dish on medium heat. Season
chicken. Cook, skin-side down, for
4 minutes until golden, turn and cook
for a further 4 minutes. Remove and
set aside.
STEP 2 Add leek, celery and fennel
to same pan on medium. Cook, stirring,
for 6 minutes, or until tender. Add flour
and stir well to coat. Add stock and
wine, and stir well to combine.
STEP 3 Return chicken to pan. Add
fennel seeds. Cover with a lid. Bake
for 40 minutes.
STEP 4 Uncover, stir in mascarpone
and mustard. Add carrot and bake for
a further 30 minutes, uncovered, until
chicken is golden. Stir through half of
the tarragon.
STEP 5 Serve chicken with remaining
tarragon, beans and potatoes.
TO FREEZE Cool completely. Store
in airtight containers. Thaw in the
refrigerator and heat.
EVERYDAY CHEF
BACON AND SWEET CORN
FRITTERS WITH MAPLE SYRUP
Flip over savoury fritters to mix up
brekkie for the fam. Cook your corn and
bacon, then simply mix, dollop and fry
them up. Stack ’em high for extra wow!
Recipe on page 62
COLIN’S
KITCHEN
Serve up fab fritters and easy wraps, and flip flaky pastry into a delish dessert!
SEEN ON BHG TV
FRIDAYS 7.00
colin fassnidge
Join me as I show you how to
make delicious dishes on BHG TV,
Fridays at 7pm on Channel 7.
(Apologies, may be subject to change.)
For more recipes, go to
bhg.com.au.
GODDESS GUACAMOLE
WRAP WITH CHARRED
CORN AND CHICKEN
Glam up your guac with the addition
of chargrilled corn and lay it on each
wrap. Then, top with poached chook
for an easy, quick, handheld eat.
Recipe on page 62
JUNE 2024 BHG 59
LOAD UP ROASTED
EGGPLANT WITH A
HEARTY TOMATO MIX
FOR A VEGO MAIN OR
SUBSTANTIAL SIDE
SPICED MISO EGGPLANT
Elevate your roasted eggplant
to oh-so-delish levels with a
flavour-packed miso, mushroom
and tomato mixture – yum!
Recipe on page 64
EVERYDAY CHEF
SOY POACHED CHICKEN
AND LEMONGRASS RICE
Infuse quick-steamed microwave
rice with fragrant lemongrass,
ginger and lime, then pair it with
succulent, tender chicken for a
scrummy weekend lunch or dinner.
Recipe on page 64
JUNE 2024 BHG 61
BACON AND
SWEET CORN
FRITTERS WITH
MAPLE SYRUP
Preparation time 20 mins
Cooking time 20 mins
Serves 6
6 slices streaky bacon, plus extra
fried, to serve
1 cob sweet corn
60g plain flour
2 tsp baking powder
1/2 cup milk
3 free-range eggs, separated
3 green onions, green and white
part finely chopped
Sea-salt flakes and freshly ground
black pepper, to season
2 Tbsp extra virgin olive oil
Juice and shredded zest of 1 lemon
Maple syrup and basil leaves,
to serve
STEP 1 Preheat oven to 240°C/
220°C fan-forced. Put bacon on
a metal tray. Cook until crisp. Set
aside to cool. Roughly chop bacon.
STEP 2 Preheat a chargrill pan
on high heat. Cook corn, turning
regularly, or until golden. Set aside
to cool, then slice kernels.
STEP 3 Using a stand mixer, beat
flour, baking powder, milk and egg
yolks until smooth. Transfer to
a clean bowl. Stir in bacon, corn
and onion. Season.
STEP 4 Beat egg whites in a clean
bowl with a whisk until soft peaks
form. Fold gently through batter, take
care not to overwork and lose air.
STEP 5 Heat oil in a large non-stick
62 BHG JUNE 2024
frying pan on medium heat. Work in
batches, using 1 tablespoon of
mixture at a time, cook for 2-3
minutes on each side or until golden
brown. Transfer to an oven tray lined
with paper towel. Keep warm (see
Cook’s tip, below).
STEP 6 Drizzle fritters with juice and
maple syrup. Serve with extra bacon,
zest and basil leaves.
C O O K’ S TI P
Keep fritters warm in a low oven
until ready to serve.
GODDESS
GUACAMOLE
WRAP WITH
CHARRED CORN
AND CHICKEN
Preparation time 25 mins
Cooking time 20 mins
Makes 6
2 cups water
1/3 cup white wine vinegar
1 bunch thyme
2 bay leaves
500g chicken breasts, cut into strips
500g packet sweet corn
6 flour tortillas
6 green onions, trimmed
GODDESS GUACAMOLE DIP
3 large ripe Hass avocados,
roughly chopped
Juice and finely grated zest
of 1 lime
1/2 small bunch coriander, washed,
roots and stems finely chopped
1 small red onion, finely chopped
1 clove garlic, finely chopped
2 tsp grated fresh ginger
1 green cayenne chilli, seeds
removed, finely chopped
(optional)
1 Tbsp white wine vinegar
2 tsp sea-salt flakes, to season
STEP 1 Combine water, vinegar,
thyme and bay leaves in a large
saucepan. Bring to boil. Add chicken.
Immediately remove from heat
and cover with a lid. Set aside for
20 minutes. With a slotted spoon,
remove chicken to a plate to cool.
STEP 2 Meanwhile, heat a chargrill pan
on high. Cook corn for 8-10 minutes,
turning regularly, or until charred.
STEP 3 For Guacamole dip, put
avocado, juice and zest in a large
bowl. Mash to a smooth consistency.
Stir in coriander, onion, garlic, ginger,
chilli (optional) and vinegar. Season
with salt. Fold in corn.
STEP 4 Put tortillas on a clean bench.
Divide 1 cup of dip among wraps. Top
with chicken and green onion. Roll up
firmly to enclose filling. Serve.
C O O K’ S TI P
To store leftover guac, spoon into an
airtight container. Tap on bench to
remove air bubbles. Cover with a
thin layer of olive oil. Close lid.
EVERYDAY CHEF
PEAR TARTE TATIN
Simmer in-season pears in a
spiced luscious caramel, cover
with pastry, bake, then flip for a
stunning, sticky dessert.
Recipe on page 66
EVERYDAY CHEF
SPICED MISO
EGGPLANT
Preparation time 25 mins
Cooking time 1 hour
Serves 4-6
2 medium eggplants
Sea-salt flakes and freshly ground
black pepper, to season
1 Tbsp vegetable oil
1 Tbsp sesame oil
1 red onion, finely chopped
5cm piece ginger, finely chopped
2 long red chillies, finely chopped,
seeds in
4 cloves garlic, finely sliced
1 Tbsp ground coriander
10 button mushrooms, sliced
400g can chopped tomatoes
100g miso paste
1 Tbsp fennel seeds
1 Tbsp toasted sesame seeds,
plus extra, to serve
1/4 cup chopped coriander,
plus leaves, to garnish
1 bunch bok choy, chopped
Juice of 1 lime
5g dried Korean seaweed
or Japanese nori, chopped
or torn, to serve
STEP 1 Preheat oven to 200°C/180°C
fan-forced. Cut eggplants in half
lengthways. With a small sharp knife,
score flesh into diamond shapes.
Sprinkle with salt and pepper. Set
aside for 10 minutes.
STEP 2 Heat vegetable oil in a large
frying pan on medium heat. Cook
eggplant for 4 minutes each side
until golden. Transfer eggplant to a
baking paper-lined oven tray. Roast
for 15 minutes until tender. Remove
any excess oil with paper towel.
With back of a spoon, slightly indent
eggplant surface for sauce to sit in.
STEP 3 Meanwhile, heat sesame oil
in a large frying pan on medium heat.
Add onion, ginger, chilli, garlic,
64 BHG JUNE 2024
ground coriander and mushrooms.
Cook, stirring for about 15-20
minutes, or until tender. Add tomato,
miso and fennel seeds. Cook, stirring
occasionally for about 10 minutes or
until thickened. Stir in sesame seeds
and coriander.
STEP 4 Spoon mixture into eggplant.
Roast for 20 minutes. Meanwhile,
blanch bok choy. Squeeze juice over
eggplant. Top with bok choy, extra
sesame, coriander and seaweed.
SOY POACHED
CHICKEN AND
LEMONGRASS
RICE
Preparation time 30 mins
Cooking time 2 hours 20 mins
Serves 6
1 bunch coriander, washed well
1.5 litres water
1 bulb garlic, halved diagonally
150g ginger, unpeeled, thinly
sliced using a microplane
1 red onion, roughly chopped
6 makrut lime leaves, bruised
1 lemongrass stalk, white part only,
halved lengthways
2 cups soy sauce, plus extra,
to season
1 cup white wine vinegar,
plus extra, to season
2 long green chillies, halved
lengthways, plus extra thinly
sliced, to serve
1.5kg whole chicken
Vietnamese mint leaves,
Thai basil leaves, bean
sprouts and lime wedges,
to serve
LEMONGRASS RICE
2 cups jasmine rice, washed
thoroughly
1 lemongrass stalk, white part only,
bruised
4 thin slices ginger
2 makrut lime leaves, bruised
STEP 1 Scrape coriander roots and
stems. Reserve leaves for garnish.
In a large stockpot, combine
water, coriander roots and stems,
garlic, ginger, onion, lime leaves,
lemongrass, soy, vinegar and chilli.
Bring to a simmer on high. Season
with extra soy or vinegar to taste.
STEP 2 With a small knife, make
2 incisions between Maryland and
breast, puncturing skin. Submerge
chicken in stockpot. Bring to
a simmer. Reduce heat to medium,
simmer for 20 minutes. Cover pot
with a lid. Turn off heat and allow
chicken to finish cooking for 2 hours.
STEP 3 For Lemongrass rice, put
washed rice in a microwave-proof
container with a lid. Add enough
water to cover rice up to first knuckle
of your finger. Add lemongrass, ginger
and lime leaves. Cover with lid and
microwave on HIGH for 10 minutes.
STEP 4 Remove from microwave.
Remove lid and fluff rice with a fork.
Return to microwave without lid.
Cook on HIGH for 4 minutes.
Remove. Fluff rice again with a fork.
STEP 5 Just before serving, remove
chicken from liquid. De-joint
Marylands and remove wings. Cut
breast through bone into three.
STEP 6 Serve warm chicken on rice
with extra chilli, reserved coriander
leaves, Vietnamese mint, Thai basil,
bean sprouts and lime wedges.
CHOCOLATE-ORANGE
MOUSSE WITH
HOMEMADE HONEYCOMB
Prep ahead and make dessert a
breeze. Choccy mousse is perfect
to keep in the fridge and store the
honeycomb in an airtight container
at room temp. After dinner, just
scoop, scatter and serve!
Recipe on page 66
PEAR
TARTE TATIN
Preparation time 20 mins plus
30 mins cooling
Cooking time 50 mins
Serves 6-8
200g caster sugar, plus extra 1 Tbsp,
for sprinkling
3-4 Tbsp water
100g unsalted butter, softened
6 star anise
3 cinnamon sticks
6 firm ripe pears
1 large sheet good quality frozen puff
pastry, slightly thawed
Vanilla ice-cream, to serve
STEP 1 Preheat oven to 210°C/190°C
fan-forced.
STEP 2 Combine sugar and enough of
the water to cover sugar in a medium
saucepan on low heat. Cook, stirring
until sugar has dissolved. Increase
heat to high. Bring to boil. Boil
without stirring for 5-7 minutes, or
until golden brown. Take off heat.
STEP 3 Carefully add butter. Whisk
to form a toffee caramel. Stir in star
anise and cinnamon. Set aside.
STEP 4 Peel and core pears. Slice
into thick wedges. Cook pears in a
saucepan of boiling water for 30-40
seconds. Remove to a plate lined with
paper towel to drain.
STEP 5 Pour half of the caramel into
the base of a heavy-based ovenproof
22cm frying pan, reserve other half of
caramel. Arrange pears in a circular
pattern in pan on caramel, allowing
enough room to tuck pastry in around
edges. Cool completely.
STEP 6 Top carefully with pastry and
trim, allowing a 2cm overhang. Using
back of a spoon or fingers, tuck pastry
66 BHG JUNE 2024
into sides around pear halves.
Sprinkle with extra caster sugar.
STEP 7 Put on an oven tray. Bake for
35-40 minutes, or until pastry is
golden and caramel is bubbling.
Remove. Cool to almost room
temperature.
STEP 8 Invert a large serving plate
over pan. Flip over pan, releasing tart.
Serve with ice-cream and drizzled
with reserved caramel.
C O O K’ S TI P
You will need an ovenproof heavybased frying pan for this recipe.
CHOCOLATEORANGE
MOUSSE WITH
HOMEMADE
HONEYCOMB
Preparation time 40 mins
Cooking time 20 mins
Serves 6-8
300g dark chocolate (70%),
chopped
1/3 cup honey
Finely grated zest of 2 oranges,
plus segments, to serve
Pinch of salt
200ml pure cream
2 Tbsp Dutch cocoa powder,
sifted
6 free-range egg whites
HONEYCOMB
11/3 cups caster sugar
50g honey
1/4 cup water
30g bicarbonate of soda
STEP 1 Put chocolate in a heatproof
bowl over a pan of simmering water.
Remove from heat and allow to
melt. Stir in honey, zest and salt.
STEP 2 Using a stand mixer, beat
cream and cocoa to soft peaks.
Transfer to a large clean bowl.
Refrigerate.
STEP 3 Add egg whites to clean bowl
in stand mixer. Beat to soft peaks.
STEP 4 Using a spatula, gently fold
1 spoonful of the chocolate mixture
into cream mixture. Add remaining
mixture and fold until just combined.
Gently fold through egg whites (be
careful not to lose volume in mixture).
STEP 5 Pour into a large serving dish,
cover, refrigerate until needed.
STEP 6 To make Honeycomb,
grease and line a large oven tray
with baking paper. In a large, deep
saucepan, combine sugar, honey
and water on a low heat. Cook,
stirring until sugar has dissolved.
Increase heat to high. Boil without
stirring for about 5-7 minutes or
until golden brown (temperature of
145°C). Remove from heat and whisk
in bicarb. Mixture will foam up,
increasing in size. Immediately
pour lengthways onto prepared
tray. Allow to cool on benchtop.
When cool, break into large shards
with your hands or back of a large
kitchen knife.
STEP 7 Serve scoops of mousse
with honeycomb and orange
segments. Honeycomb
can also be blended to a fine
crumb to serve, if preferred.
Photography Con Poulos; styling Michele Cranston; food preparation Kerrie Worner
EVERYDAY CHEF
Award-winning
flavour for a
sizzling $9
Our mouthwatering Angus Beef and
Caramelised Onion sausages are
carefully crafted with no artificial
colours or flavours, just the finest
100% Australian Angus Beef.
While stocks last. May not be available in all supermarkets, Woolworths Online
(including Everyday Market from Woolworths), Woolworths Metro or MILKRUN.
Made by the fresh food people
Woolworths
Angus Beef &
Caramelised
Onion Sausages
FABULOUS FOOD
CLARISSA’S
CUISINE
Dress up your pork pot stickers with a beaut base, then heat up your
dinner table with a fragrant, no-worries curry
PORK
DUMPLINGS
(POT STICKERS)
Stir up a simple fouringredient mix to create a
deliciously crispy base for
these moreish dumplings.
Recipe on page 70
68 BHG JUNE 2024
SEEN ON BHG TV
FRIDAYS 7.00
INDIAN YELLOW CURRY
Raid your spice cupboard to make
‘tadka’ – spice-infused ghee – and
simmer your way to a fragrant
meat-free winner. Need less heat?
Reduce the chilli, you’ll still get
flavour minus the kick.
Recipe on page 70
CLARISSA FEILDEL
Join me as I show you how to
make delicious dishes on BHG TV,
Fridays at 7pm on Channel 7.
(Apologies, may be subject to change.)
For more recipes, go to
bhg.com.au.
FABULOUS FOOD
Preparation time 25 mins
Cooking time 15 mins
Makes approx. 50
50 gow gee wrappers
1 Tbsp cornflour
2 tsp plain flour
400ml water
1 tsp white vinegar
3 Tbsp vegetable oil
FILLING
500g pork mince
60g dried shiitake mushrooms,
rehydrated, finely chopped
1 free-range egg, lightly beaten
3 green onions, stalks thinly sliced
2 Tbsp rice wine
2-3 Tbsp soy sauce
1 Tbsp oyster sauce
11/2 Tbsp grated ginger
1 tsp sesame oil
1 tsp cornflour
1 tsp caster sugar
1/2 tsp sea-salt flakes
1/2 tsp ground white pepper
GINGER CHILLI DIPPING SAUCE
6 long red chillies, thinly sliced
3cm piece ginger, roughly sliced
1 clove garlic, finely chopped
11/2 Tbsp lime juice
1 tsp sea-salt flakes
1 tsp sesame oil
1 Tbsp caster sugar
C O O K’ S TI P
To freeze dumplings, put in
a single layer on a tray lined with
baking paper. Freeze for about
1 hour or until semi-frozen (this
stops dumplings from sticking
together). Remove from tray and
transfer to a zip-lock bag. Freeze
for up to three months. To cook
from frozen, cook from Step 3,
increasing the flour and water
mixture by half as it will take
longer to cook.
INDIAN YELLOW
CURRY
Preparation time 25 mins
Cooking time 40 mins
Serves 4
250g dried yellow split peas, rinsed
31/2 cups water or vegetable stock
1 tsp ground turmeric
5cm piece ginger, thinly sliced
2 carrots, peeled, cut into chunks
1/4 cup coconut cream (optional)
Sea-salt flakes, to season
100g baby spinach leaves
Steamed basmati rice, coriander
leaves and pappadums, to serve
TADKA
3 Tbsp ghee
1 tsp cumin seeds
11/2 Tbsp black mustard seeds
3 dried chillies (optional)
10 curry leaves
1 large brown onion, thinly sliced
2 cloves garlic, sliced
STEP 1 In a large pot, combine split
peas, water or stock, turmeric, ginger
and carrot. Bring to boil. Reduce heat to
low, cover and simmer gently for about
30 minutes or until soft and creamy. Stir
in coconut cream (if using) and simmer
for a further 5 minutes. Season with salt.
STEP 2 To make Tadka, in frying pan on
medium heat, heat ghee until hot. Add
cumin, mustard seeds and chilli (if using).
Cook for 20 seconds until fragrant.
STEP 3 Add curry leaves, taking care as
they will splutter. Add onion and garlic.
Cook, stirring for about 3-5 minutes, or
until caramelised. Remove from heat.
Stir into dahl with spinach.
STEP 4 Serve with rice, coriander
and pappadums.
C O O K’ S TI P
Add more water while cooking if dahl is
too thick or hard. Consistency should
be similar to chunky, creamy soup.
70 BHG JUNE 2024
Photography Con Poulos, Alan Jensen; styling Michele Cranston; food preparation Kerrie Worner
PORK
DUMPLINGS
(POT STICKERS)
STEP 1 To make Filling, in a medium
bowl, combine all ingredients. Mix well.
STEP 2 Put a wrapper on palm of your
hand. Put 1 teaspoon of filling into middle
of wrapper. Brush edges with a little
water. Fold over to enclose. Pleat edges.
Repeat for all wrappers and filling.
STEP 3 Combine flours, water and
vinegar in a small bowl. Heat 1/2 of the
oil in a large non-stick frying pan on
medium-high heat. Arrange 1/2 of the
dumplings in a circular pattern in pan.
Cook for 1-2 minutes until dumpling base
is golden. Pour over 1/2 of flour mixture.
STEP 4 Cook, covered for 2-3 minutes.
Uncover, cook for 1 minute until water
evaporates and a crispy lace forms
around dumplings. Carefully invert
onto a plate. Repeat with remaining oil,
dumplings and flour mixture (stir flour
mix to recombine). If you have a small
frying pan, cook in 5 batches, adding
1/5 of flour mix at a time.
STEP 5 Meanwhile for Sauce, combine
all ingredients in a bowl, or process in a
food processor until finely chopped for
a smoother consistency.
STEP 6 Serve dumplings with sauce.
DIABETIC FRIENDLY
eat well
Designed for foodies with diabetes, this
recipe is so good the whole fam will love it!
QUICK APPLE, BLACKBERRY
AND RAISIN CRUMBLE
Photography Ben Dearnley; styling Vanessa Austin; food preparation Tina McLeish; recipe Alison Roberts; dietitian Shannon Lavery. Prices are approximate and a guide only.
SWEET AS
Top classic
baked fruit
flavours with a
clever crumble
dessert hack!
Preparation time 10 mins
Cooking time 35 mins
Serves 6 (as an occasional dessert)
3 Granny Smith apples,
peeled, cored, sliced
2 Tbsp water
1 Tbsp caster sugar or granulated
sugar substitute
Pinch ground cinnamon
2 Tbsp raisins, roughly chopped
205g (11/2 cups) frozen blackberries
90g (1 cup) Vogel’s Golden Baked
Cluster Crunch or gluten-free muesli
250ml (1 cup) low-fat vanilla custard
or gluten-free custard, to serve
STEP 1 Preheat oven to 200°C/180°C
fan-forced. Put apple, water, sugar and
cinnamon in a medium saucepan. Bring
to a simmer on medium heat. Reduce
heat to medium-low and simmer,
covered, for 8-10 minutes or until
apple is just tender. Stir in raisins.
STEP 2 Spoon apple mixture into a
1L (4 cup) ovenproof dish. Arrange
blackberries over apple. Sprinkle over
Cluster Crunch. Bake for 15-20 minutes
or until heated through and golden
brown. Serve crumble with custard.
C O O K ' S TI P
You can replace frozen blackberries
with any frozen berries and the
raisins with currants or sultanas.
For more deliciously
healthy recipes and
expert advice, pick
up a copy of the
May/June issue of
Diabetic Living, $8.99,
at your supermarket
or newsagent.
N U T R ITI O N A L I N F O
N U T R ITI O N A L I N F O
Per serve (with sugar)
776kJ (186Cal), protein 4g, total fat
3g (sat. fat 1g), carbs 34g, fibre 5g,
sodium 73mg • Carb exchanges 21/2
• GI estimate low • Gluten-free option
Per serve (with sugar substitute)
736kJ (176Cal), protein 4g, total fat
3g (sat. fat 1g), carbs 31g, fibre 5g,
sodium 73mg • Carb exchanges 2 • GI
estimate low • Gluten-free option
JUNE 2024 BHG 71
KITCHEN MATTERS
better cooking
[
T H E L AT E S T F O O D I E N E WS , P R O D U C T S A N D T R E N D S
]
ACE YOUR BASE
Simplify mealtimes with Simply
Wholesome Pantry recipe bases.
Create a hearty ragu using the
Mediterranean base, $5, or choose
from six other flavour bases.
Available at selected Woolworths,
simplywholesomepantry.com.au.
WASTE!
Waste less ingredients
with the smart (and
free!) app, Saveful.
Select the ingredients
you need to use and
Saveful will find a
recipe to suit. Brilliant!
Visit saveful.com.
What a snag!
Elevate a family dinner fave
with Woolworths Angus Beef &
Caramelised Onion Sausages,
$9.00/450g pack. They are
carefully crafted with 100%
Australian beef and no artificial
colours or flavours, so get
sizzling! woolworths.com.au.
BHG JUNE
APPLE A DAY
With a crisp, juicy texture
and sweet taste, Ambrosia
apples will be your new go-to
apple! Known for their large size
and honey aroma, Ambrosia
apples are particularly delicious
straight from the fridge when
you’re craving an ultra-scrummy
snack, montague.com.au.
PUMP UP THE
FLAVOUR
Bring extra pep to your meals with
MasterFoods x My Muscle Chef
spice blends, $4.80. Featuring
Chipotle, Peri Peri and Chimichurri,
the blends add an instant hit of
yum. Available at Woolworths,
masterfoods.com.au.
Prices are approximate and a guide only.
NO MORE
1 draw on nostalgia
Start a revival and plant
delightfully old-fashioned aster
shrubs. In autumn, they produce
masses of tiny daisies in pale
lilac blue, mauve, purple, pink
and deep reddish plum. Plant
perky verbena to bring height
to your beds, and cheeky
rudbeckia to add a
dramatic contrast.
BHG JUNE
Photography GAP Photos/Richard Bloom
SEASONAL GARDENS
As the days get shorter, your garden
can lift your mood – vibrant autumn
bloomers that get lost in the heat
of summer now glow when
the sun is low!
SEASONAL GARDENS
2 peak of perfection
Succumb to the power of
pink with a border that’s a
homage to Barbie. Plant your
best autumn daisies – asters,
dahlias and chrysanthemums
– between mounds of sedum
‘Autumn Joy’, which crams
its tiny pink flowers into flat,
spreading umbels that shroud
the foliage underneath.
2
3
CHRYSANTHEMUM
Photography GAP Photos/Richard Bloom
A
utumn is o en called the ‘mellow
season’ as your garden makes the
transition from summer to winter. As
the light starts to fade and we creep
into the cooler months, there’s still plenty of
life and colour about. And we’re not just talking
about the leaves turning from green to gold or
red. Without the intense shimmer of summer,
fresh flowers are emerging and producing fiery
colours without the heat, just a warm glow.
3 a treat fit for royalty
Make golden-eyed aster ‘Violet
Queen’ the base from which can
rise a pair of dramatic dogwood
trees, the stems of which turn a
vibrant red when their leaves
drop. Top it off with Chinese silver
grass – the plumes turn
shimmering silver in autumn.
B E S T N AT I V E S F O R
A N AU T UM N GA R D E N
AUTUMN CROCUS
SEDUM ‘AUTUMN JOY’
Our natives produce the most extraordinary flowers
and many sit happily with traditional exotics.
• Light up your garden with banksia
(B. integrifolia, B. marginata and B. spinulosa)
and their fiery, yellow-red candles.
• Get stars in your eyes with crowea and
enjoy its refreshing citrus perfume.
• In summer you can have flowering exotic fuchsias,
in autumn move on to correas, our native fuchsia.
• If you love fuchsia’s bell shape, another native,
epacris, is a must in an autumn wildflower garden.
JUNE 2024 BHG 77
SEASONAL GARDENS
POPS OF COLOUR
PUT THESE
IN A POT
CAMELLIA SASANQUA
AFRICAN DAISY
BIDENS
DAHLIA
Photography GAP Photos/Richard Bloom
HELENIUM
• Show your love for
the season by putting
autumn-flowering annuals
in pots, then place them
where they catch the sun.
• Try sweet alyssum in a
hanging basket so flowers
tumble down the sides.
• When you’re craving
sunshine, yellow, red or
bicoloured bidens give you
the lift you need.
• If tidiness is your thing,
floss flower has you sorted.
As each new
flower emerges, it hides
those that are fading.
4 rich beyond your dreams
Think of your autumn garden as
buried treasure that you’ve
effortlessly dug up! Put your trove
on display with golden helenium
and rudbeckia ‘Goldsturm’, mixed
with the deep red pompoms
of great burnet and silvery
ornamental grass ‘Karl Foerster’.
CANNA LILY
MARIGOLD
AUTUMN IS A TIME
OF MAGIC, WHEN
COLOUR IS VIBRANT,
ENERGY IS HIGH,
AND BEAUTY STILL
SEEMS AGELESS,
DEFYING NATURE!
JUNE 2024 BHG 79
ORGANIC GARDENING
HEAVEN
ON
ST
Myriad colours, perfumes, textures
and shapes are fabulous features of a
spring-autumn perennial border – the
bonus is an abundance of loveliness!
You may not live in a charming
cottage such as this, but
cottage gardens can flatter
many homes, bringing a wild,
untamed personality to your
world. Use lots of colourful
flowering plants of varying
heights and textures.
SEEN ON BHG TV
FRIDAYS 7.00
JUNE 2024 BHG 81
ORGANIC GARDENING
1
omance can’t get any better than
a 1.6ha cottage garden, hugging
an old stone cottage, nestled in
the unique Australian bush. Take
inspiration from The Garden of
St Erth, one of many run by The Diggers Club.
The garden is ever-changing and filled with
plants that thrive in central Victoria’s cold
winters and hot, dry summers – beautiful,
colourful and dancing to the joy of the
season. St Erth has just put in a new perennial
border that is showing all the vigour of its
youthfulness and will grow gracefully into
maturity with the organic gardening methods
used by The Diggers Club crew.
82
82 BHG
BHG JUNE
JUNE 2024
2024
WHAT ’ S
O R GAN I C
GAR D E N I N G?
•
It starts with creating
healthy soil that produces
vigorous flowers and
foliage and attracts
pollinators and bad-bug
predators such as birds,
ladybirds and lacewings.
It means putting into your
soil only what is natural
and avoiding chemical
herbicides and pesticides.
Chemical treatments
can harm worms and other
beneficial organisms in
soil, and can seep into
vegetables. They may also
pose a danger to wildlife.
Set up a compost heap,
and when kitchen and
garden scraps have
broken down, use it to
nourish the soil.
Use organic fertilisers in
spring and autumn to
provide roots with the
nutrients that keep them
strong and healthy.
Use organic mulch to
help suppress weeds and
keep soil cool in summer
and warm in winter.
Water soil in the
morning. Evening
watering can lead to
fungal diseases.
•
2
3
4
•
•
•
•
5
6
1 Flowers are the main pleasure of
perennial borders, but you can benefit
from lots of foliage. Mirror tall background
trees with smaller versions – echium or
veronicastrum flower in summer, but they
have structural interest all year round.
2 The lovely Queen Anne’s lace is an
annual – put in other annuals to fill spaces
until your perennials reach their full size.
3 Create colourful, metre-tall spires with
agastache, also called hyssop. It flowers
from summer through to autumn.
4 Add features such as gazebos to
make a focal point at the end of a path.
5 For architectural interest, plant
thistle-like sea holly.
6 Put ground-hugging autumn crocuses
at the front of your border.
WHAT ’ S A
P E R E N N IAL?
• Annuals last only one
year and die after they
have produced seeds.
Biennials take two years
to go through their life
cycle, then die, think
foxgloves and
some poppies.
Perennials can last
for years – some only
three or five years, while
others hang around
for decades.
They usually flower
in one season – spring,
summer, or autumn – but
some, such as roses,
can bloom through all
three seasons.
Perennial care varies
greatly – some need to
be pruned and divided
regularly, while others
thrive on neglect.
Perennials that don’t
have a long life span can
often be propagated
by division, such as
agapanthus or hostas.
Once established,
many perennials
require less water than
when first planted.
•
8
7
•
9
•
•
•
11
10
7 If you yearn for fiery colour amid the
pastels, plant kniphofia or crocosmia.
8 Echinacea are among the many
coneflowers that light up an autumn bed.
And if you love their long, sweeping
skirts, they’re the one for you.
9 Silver foliage complements colourful
flowers, but if you want something that
glows in the moonlight, plant artemisia.
10 Traditional geraniums make you think of
Mediterranean gardens, but there are
others you can plant – such as Geranium
pratense – to bring delight to a border.
11 You’ll never go wrong when you have
dahlias in your border – they’re magical!
12 If you love the arching plumes of
miscanthus that turn silver in autumn,
contrast them with sedum ‘Autumn Joy’.
84 BHG JUNE 2024
ORGANIC GARDENING
12
14
VI S IT IT!
What The Garden of St Erth
Where 189 Simmons Reef Rd,
Blackwood, Victoria, about
90-minutes drive north-east
of the Melbourne CBD.
When June 1-August 31,
Monday to Sunday, 10am-4pm.
September 1-May 31, Monday to
Sunday, 10am-5pm. Closed
Good Friday, Christmas Eve,
Christmas Day and Boxing Day.
How much Free for Diggers
members and children
under 16, $15 for visitors.
More info diggers.com.au/
pages/visit-st-erth.
13
13 Rudbeckia is another of the
coneflowers you can plant in a border.
Their skirts are more uplifting!
14 You can bring your dahlias indoors.
They're prolific bloomers and when you
snip, they're spurred into producing more.
Apart from their beautiful flowers, they
also have strong stems, so sit upright in a
vase for up to seven days.
15 The soil in the vegetable garden at
St Erth had to be regenerated after being
trashed by early gold diggers. This is
where organic gardening is so effective if
your patch needs rejuvenation.
16 Perennials have a reputation for being
hungry for nutrients and thirsty for water.
But only when they're young. As they
mature, they become more efficient!
86 BHG JUNE 2024
15
Photography Simon Griffiths
ORGANIC GARDENING
16
1 A tussie-mussie must
By pulling together a
fragrant collection of
blooms, you’re allowing
the flowers to convey
your private message.
Every flower has a meaning – with beautiful bloomers you can send a message of love without having to say a thing!
MOTHER’S DAY FLOWERS
2 get more flowers
Pinching young dahlias gives you
stronger, bushier plants with more
flowers. Do this when they’re about
25cm tall, and simply snip around
5cm off the top of the main stem.
MELISSA KING
Join me as I take you on a tour of
this flower farm on BHG TV,
Friday, May 10, at 7pm, Channel 7.
(Apologies, may be subject to change.)
For more garden tips, go to
bhg.com.au.
JUNE 2024 BHG 89
MOTHER’S DAY FLOWERS
3 season’s greetings
Try growing sedum ‘Autumn
Joy’ to use in your cut flower
arrangements. Cut the stem
down towards the base of the
plant. They don’t need special
treatment, and you can harvest
sedums at any time of the
flowering season.
C
hrysanthemums
are the flowers
we traditionally
give our mums
in May. Big, colourful and
cheerful, chrysanthemums
are classic late-autumn
bloomers. But there are
other late autumn flowers
you can gi . Every flower
has a meaning and the
old Victorian fad for
floriography – the language
of flowers – is having a
resurgence. The flower
farm Fleurs de Lyonville in
Victoria grows a huge range
of flowers ready for cu ing
from spring to autumn, and
is familiar with the special
sentiment of every flower.
Displaying flowers
• Trim the stems to fit
your container, then
again by about 1cm
when you change
the water.
• Cut stems at an
angle to enable greater
water uptake.
• Change the water
every two or three days.
• Keep them away from
heat, draughts and
bright light.
• Don’t place near fruit,
especially bananas.
BHG JUNE
5
4
6
HOW FLOWERS
CONVEY FEELINGS
Floriography is fun rather than fact and some
have many meanings, but the Victorians used
flowers to say what they couldn’t out loud!
7
4 Queen Anne’s lace means you are
offering “sanctuary, safety and refuge”.
5 The very tall sunflower means the
giver thinks of you as “haughty”.
6 Chocolate cosmos is a new plant on the
market, so wasn’t part of the Victorian
language, but it is said cosmos means
“order and harmony”.
7 A red chrysanthemum means “I love
you”. Perfect for Mother’s Day!
8, 9 If you give a bunch of dahlias, you’re
suggesting “instability”, but a single bloom
means you think the recipient has
“good taste”.
10 A bunch of short-stemmed
sunflowers means “adoration”.
8
9
10
MOTHER’S DAY FLOWERS
A bucket of dahlias – or are
they chrysanthemums?
To tell the difference, you
need to check their leaves.
Dahlias are oval-shaped,
while chrysanthemums
are deeply lobed, giving
them a lacy look.
How to make
a no-dig garden
The Fleurs de Lyonville farm
grows nothing but flowers.
Their no-dig technique helps
suppress weeds and improve
the quality and structure of
soil, while at the same time
increasing nutrient content
and microbial and
worm activity.
No-dig gardens are also
a great way to fill raised garden
beds at least 30cm high.
The bonus is that you don’t
have to haul in bags of soil
to fill them.
Do this in autumn, so that by
spring, your new garden bed is
begging for fresh, new plants.
Here’s how:
Cover weeds, lawn or bare soil
with newspapers or unwaxed
cardboard, leaving no spaces,
so vegetation underneath is
smothered and dies.
Wet thoroughly.
Cover with layers about 6cm
thick of, in order, lucerne,
manure or compost, straw,
more manure or compost,
then more straw. Water again.
The dead and decaying
vegetation on the ground
breaks down into compost.
In spring, dig small holes for
your seedlings, plant, water,
then mulch with pea straw,
keeping it away from stems.
Over a year, the layers will
collapse as the materials
break down. Simply top up
again in autumn with the
same layering technique.
P E ST M A N AG E M E N T
• Plant small flowering
shrubs around your
plants to encourage
pollinators and small
native birds that
eat the pests.
• You can buy beneficial
bugs – ladybirds and
lacewings – online to
help combat aphids.
Photography Simon Griffiths
11 bountiful Blooms
12 give a helping hand
You need to stake your dahlias if they
will grow more than 60cm high. Do this
at the same as you plant your dahlia
bulbs – if you do it as they’re growing,
you may damage their roots.
VI S IT IT!
What Fleurs de Lyonville
Where 35 Leishmans
Lane, Lyonville, Vic.
When Tours November-March,
workshops various times.
Cost From $75 for tours,
workshops from $75.
More info fleursdelyonville.
com.au.
JUNE 2024 BHG 93
FLORAL CRAFT
1
Grow colourful
and romantic
wildflowers, then
keep the romance
going with an
everlasting story!
A
vase of fresh
flowers brightens
up a room, but
only for a few days
before they’re tossed
out. For lasting flower
arrangements, you can
dry them as soon as you
pick them and they’ll
bring delight to drab
spots for years to come,
their form and colours
never changing or fading.
You can also use them
to create door wreaths,
to enhance a gi or card,
or simply leave them
hanging on a wall.
1 tickle yourself pink
If you’re a dried flower
beginner, try native
everlasting or paper daisies.
2 change your deco
Want new curtains or
wallpaper? Hang up bunches
of dried flowers for an instant
transformation at little cost.
BHG JUNE
2
SEEN ON BHG TV
FRIDAYS 7.00
EASY STEPS TO MAKING
A DRIED FLORAL HANGER
Turn a colourful collection of bunched dried flowers into an
original and vibrant piece of wall art!
Gather your supplies
• 1.2m x 19mm dowel (2)
• Twine
• Dried flower
bunches
• Small wooden
craft pegs
• Picture hook/fixing
to suit wall surface
You’ll also need
Drill and 3mm bit;
scissors; hammer
In cool climates, sow paper
daisy seeds from January
to April, or September to
December. In temperate
climates, sow from January
to May, or September to
December. In arid climates,
sow from March to July. In
subtropical climates, sow
from April to September.
Paper daisies don’t do
well in tropical areas.
Sow in seed cell trays
with damp, seed-raising
mix and cover with more
mix about 1mm deep.
Keep mix moist but not
too wet. Seeds should
germinate in 7-14 days.
Pot up or transplant into
your garden about 20cm
apart in a sunny spot in
well-drained soil once
they grow their first true
leaves – usually 5-10cm tall.
Let the soil dry out
between watering.
Paper daisies cope with
nutrient-poor soil and don’t
need fertiliser. They are
also very drought tolerant.
BHG JUNE
HOW TO DRY
FLOWERS
• Choose the freshest
flowers and cut with
clean, sharp snips.
Early morning is best.
• Trim ends and submerge
in water for a few hours so
flowers become plump
and perky.
• Remove most leaves for
airflow around flowers
to prevent mould.
• Bunch together loosely
and tie with twine, leaving
a length of twine for
hanging before cutting.
• Hang flowers upside
down in a dry, wellventilated spot with low
light. Too much sun
causes colours to fade.
• They’ll be ready in a
couple of weeks and
can last for years.
Here’s how
STEP 1 Drill holes in
dowels, 5cm from each
end and five more at
20cm distances.
STEP 2 Set dowels on table
700-800mm apart.
STEP 3 Thread twine
through holes in top and
bottom dowels to make
STEP 4
STEP 1
STEP 5
STEP 3
for PROJECT
SUPPLIES, see OUR
stockists page
Photography Brent Wilson; project Josh Culpan
G R OW YO U R
OW N PA P E R
DA I S I E S
vertical string lines. Do
this by taking the twine
from top down and across
bottom dowel, and up
and across top dowel
repeatedly until you reach
the end of the top dowel.
STEP 4 Tie knots at each
end, then cut twine.
STEP 5 Peg bunches
of dried flowers to twine.
STEP 6 Hammer or drill
picture hook into wall.
STEP 7 Cut a piece of
twine twice the length of the
distance between where the
top dowel will be against the
wall and the hook. Fold in
half, run the folded end
under the dowel, create a
loop above the dowel and
run the two ends through
the loop. Tie ends together,
then hang.
FLORAL CRAFT
3 be inventive!
As well as making wall art, you can be
creative with dried florals by putting
them in picture frames, making
potpourri, or turning a small bunch into
a wedding brooch or buttonhole.
GARDEN DESIGN
CHARLIE ALBONE
Join me as I show you around this very
special garden on BHG TV, Friday,
May 10 at 7pm on Channel 7.
(Apologies, may be subject to change.)
For more garden tips, go to
bhg.com.au.
SEEN ON BHG TV
FRIDAYS 7.00
LOCAL
The nature of our ancient land often means
our gardens can be in unforgiving places –
native plants can not only solve a multitude
of these issues, they can also be beautiful!
1 go the full exposure
If your garden is on an
escarpment and exposed to
winds, as this garden in
northern NSW is, natives
come into their own. They
thrive in harsh conditions yet
have a soft elegance as they
sway in the breeze!
JUNE 2024 BHG 99
GARDEN DESIGN
2 be mound bound
If the globular forms of
grass trees are a standout
feature of your garden,
as here, complement
them with small, rounded
shrubs, such as coastal
rosemary (Westringia
fruticosa) and Casuarina
‘Cousin It’, which can be
either mounded or allowed
to drape down your walls.
GREVILLEA
BHG JUNE
4
Q
uirky, colourful grevillea
flowers, swaying
ornamental grasses,
lightning-bright banksia
candlesticks and statuesque grass
trees waving their tops in the breeze
– there are so many positives about
our native plants. Yet, they don’t
get the credit they deserve, even
though they’re more suited to our
climate, require less water, and a ract
scu ling wildlife and a birds’ chorus of
enchanting songs. Here’s how to do it!
3 punk haircuts rule!
Make mature grass trees
(Xanthorrhoea spp.) an
architectural feature of
your garden – they look
awesome all year round,
especially when they
produce a flower spike
several metres tall.
Flowering time depends
on the species.
Photography Grant Boyle, Fig Landscapes;
garden design Fig Landscapes, figlandscapes.com.au
4 mix and match
Incorporating your vegie plot
and small orchard into your
ornamental garden makes
sense when you want to take full
advantage of a sunny aspect.
Here, a tree of ripening lemons
resembling giant, golden
baubles sing happiness against
a backdrop of tall gum trees.
5 stonehenge
Give your retaining walls a
natural, earthy element by
using rugged stones. Tart
them up with the tumbling
stems of coastal banksia
(Banksia integrifolia) – the
light-catching silver underside
of its leaves adds colour,
sparkle and a robust texture.
GREVILLEA
5
GARDEN UPCYCLING
1 H A R N E S S A N C I E N T E N E R GY
Reclaim an old galvanised turbine and
modify the blades to create this edgy,
one-of-a-kind planter that still retains its
illusion of motion. Hold the potting mix
together by wrapping it in hessian sacking.
What’s one person’s trash may be your
treasure – adding quirky and often free
elements to your garden will leave you
with more cash to splash out on plants!
BHG JUNE
SEEN ON BHG TV
FRIDAYS 7.00
2
3
4
D
o you love to rummage through council
clean-up piles or visit your local tip or
resource recovery centre for free or
cheap materials to repurpose in your garden?
You’re part of a trend for re-using, with
imagination, what’s been discarded in the past!
2 A S E A C R E AT U R E H A S L A N D E D !
Add new life to vintage sprinklers and their
perished rubber hoses to create an octopus-like
sculpture in your garden. Bent reinforcing bars
inside the hoses help form the curves.
3 G E T C LU C K Y
Turn an old chicken feeder on its head for living wall
art and fill it with succulents, such as hen and
chicks sempervivum and creeping sedum.
4 A T W E E T T W E A K T H AT ’ S S O SW E E T
Birdcages are no longer a thing – we want our birds to
be free! But lovely old ones such as this are a quaint
feature if you have small, orange-coloured flowering
plants looking for a nest – try paper daisies – that
will play off the rusty patina of the frame.
GARDEN UPCYCLING
5
6
7
5 LO R D OV E R YO U R PATC H
And old teak table that has served its time can be
reused as the backing for your garden’s coat of
arms. Add vintage tools, a redundant trellis and
perished hoses and all you need is a fancy title!
6 IT ’ S A BA S K E T C A S E T H AT WO N ’ T G O AWAY
You can extend the life of old, woven-wire fruit
baskets by lining them with sheet moss, putting in
your favourite annuals and hanging them up with
twine. An old bracket adds an ageless touch!
7 P U T T H I S O N YO U R B U C K E T LI ST
Drill drainage holes in the base of an old galvanised
pail and you get a portable garden. Plant purple
verbena as the hero of your mixed mini-bed – it will
give you summer-autumn colour for months on end!
8 M A K E C L AY W H E N T H E S U N WO N ’ T S H I N E
A shady spot in your garden often won’t produce
the volume of blooms you long to grow in a majestic
urn. Create a giant bouquet out of small terracotta
pots that are cracked, chipped or beginning to
disintegrate because they’ve been exposed to frosts.
8
JUNE BHG
GARDEN UPCYCLING
EASY STEPS TO UPCYCLING A ROOF PANEL
During a visit to the Kimbriki Resource Recovery Centre in northern Sydney,
Charlie Albone picked up a piece of old iron roof. Here’s how he reused it!
• Old pipes or the off
cuts of new ones make
charming wind chimes.
You can even use
your children’s old
xylophone!
• Mattress springs or
old metal gates can
give a helping hand to
climbing plants.
STEP 1
• Leftover guttering
can house shallowrooted plants such
as succulents – but
don’t forget to drill
drainage holes.
• Bathtubs, basins,
sinks, even toilets are
great planters and
come with ready-made
drainage holes.
STEP 2
• Old car, truck or
tractor tyres can be
painted and used as
small raised planters.
• Clear plastic bottles
with the bottoms cut
out make excellent
cloches to protect
seedlings from
hungry pests.
STEP 5
Gather your supplies
• Corrugated roof
sheet
• 16mm self-drilling
metal hex screws
• 5M black edge trim
• River sand
• Native potting mix
You’ll also need
Tape measure; straight
edge; pencil; angle
grinder; file; wire
brush; hammer; drill;
screws; clamps; snips;
rake; level; large
bucket; tree; small
plants; hose
Don't forget your
safety gear: When
operating power tools,
wear safety glasses, a
mask, earmuffs, and tie
your hair back. When
appropriate, wear gloves
and protective clothing.
• Shiny CDs and DVDs
strung together scare
birds away from
precious crops.
• Egg cartons or trays
are excellent for
growing seedlings.
• Colanders make
great planters.
STEP 6
STEP 8
• Cover seedlings with
old baskets from a
chest freezer so your
pup or kitty can’t dig
them up.
• Cut up the trunks of
fallen trees to make
garden stools.
STEP 7
106 BHG JUNE 2024
STEP 9
Here’s how
STEP 1 Measure, mark
and cut roof sheet into
three 860 x 600mm
panels with tape measure,
straight edge, pencil and
angle grinder.
STEP 2 To remove burrs
and sharp metal edges, file
all cut edges on all panels.
STEP 3 Remove rust and
smooth rough patches with
a wire brush.
STEP 4 Knock out dents
with a hammer.
STEP 5 Lay 2 panels side
by side (so the ridges run
vertically), overlap panels
by one ridge. With a drill,
screw the panels together
with 4 equally spaced
screws. Repeat to attach
the third panel.
STEP 6 Bend joined
panels to make a round
drum shape. Overlap end
ridges and clamp edges.
Attach with 4 equal screws.
STEP 7 Run black edge
trim around the top lip
of the surround and push
down to secure onto edges.
Trim edging to size with
snips.
STEP 8 Stand your tree
surround in its final spot,
then rake ground and
adjust until level.
STEP 9 In a large bucket,
mix potting mix and sand
(3:2). Half fill the surround
with the mix, plant your
tree, then top up mix. Plant
smaller foliage around the
tree base. Water well.
for PROJECT
SUPPLIES, see OUR
stockists page
Photography Brent Wilson; project Josh Culpan
H OW TO U S E
O LD STU F F
VI S IT IT!
What Kimbriki Resource Recovery Centre
Where 1 Kimbriki Rd, Ingleside, NSW.
When Monday-Sunday, 7am-5pm.
Cost Entry free, price of goods
depends on articles.
More info kimbriki.com.au.
For more resource recovery
centres, resourcerecovery.org.au,
or contact your local council.
GARDENTRENDS
In your
Jenny Dillon
Garden Editor
A crush of chrysanthemums, and a late flush of rose blooms
SEASON
SPECIALS
KEYTOCLIMATEZONES
ZONE
Mild warm summer
Cold winter
Cooler weather brings
out cool flowers.
ZONE
Warm summer
Cold winter
ZONE
Hot dry summer
Cold winter
ZONE
Hot dry summer
Mild winter
ZONE
Warm humid
summer
ZONE
Hot humid
summer
Cone zone
Echinacea is a garden
filler in summer but is a
standout in late autumn.
PLANT NOW
Sparkling stars
Asters bring vibrant
colour with bushes
crowded with tiny flowers.
Sunny side up
Gordonia’s striking white
flowers fall daily, but
always land right side up.
BHG JUNE
FLOWERS
VEGETABLES
ALL ZONES Geranium,
pansy, primula,
salvia, statice, stock,
verbena and viola.
ZONES 1-3 Ageratum,
aster, coleus, cosmos,
dianthus, impatiens,
kangaroo paw (top
le ), snapdragon,
sunflower and zinnia.
ZONES 4-6 Allium
(bottom left),
alyssum, begonia,
calendula, camellia
(C. japonica), lupin
and ranunculus.
ALL ZONES Broad
beans, garlic,
le uce and onion.
ZONES 1-3 Asparagus,
artichoke (globe
and Jerusalem),
beans, beetroot,
broccoli, cabbage,
capsicum (top le ),
carrot, celery, chilli,
kale (bo om le ),
leek, potato, radish,
tomato, silverbeet
and turnip.
ZONES 4-6 Parsnip,
peas and snow peas.
Photography Tony Fawcett, Adobe Stock, Getty Images
In each issue we give ideas, tips and planting advice for
cooler, warmer, we er and drier areas in each zone, so ask
at your local nursery which zone best matches your conditions.
STRAWFLOWERS OR
EVERLASTING
DAISIES.
I took a walk in the woods and came out taller than the trees
HENRY DAVID THOREAU, AMERICAN PHILOSOPHER/POET
DAPHNE HAS AN
INTOXICATING
SWEET, SPICY AND
SOAPY SCENT.
a big feed
LONG ON
FLAVOUR
Whether grown as
a ention-grabbers or
to feed a large family,
tromboncino are vegie
garden winners.
Related to bu ernut
pumpkins, these
vigorous Italian vine
growers can reach 1m
long and be used as
you would zucchini or
squash. When hanging
from a trellis, fruit are
straight, while on the
ground, they curl at
the end. Enrich soil
now for spring sowing
and pick young for
the best flavour.
GARDEN SECRETS
Turn your winter garden into a perfumed paradise
3
2
1
WHIFF OF HEAVEN
Nature saves some of
its sweetest highlights
for chilly winters – and
smart choices can
transform your garden
into one of the most
heavenly scented of all.
GOOD SCENTS
Follow your nose to
Michelia doltsopa with
magnolia-like blooms,
starry wintersweet
(Chimonanthus
praecox), or old
faithful Daphne odora.
GOING UP
For a climber, winter
jasmine (Jasminum
nudiflorum) soars, and
for a touch of Aussie
there’s brown boronia
or the alpine wa le
(Acacia dealbata).
WINTERSWEET
FLOWERS
GARDENING ADVICE
START PLANTING bare-root roses, deciduous fruit trees
and ornamentals. GROW a green manure crop (in mixes
from garden centres) to be cut down and dug in once mature
to return goodness to depleted soils. COLOUR a dappled
shade area with a flowering japonica or sasanqua camellia,
now appearing in nurseries. MOVE deciduous trees/
shrubs you have planted in the wrong spot, following up
with a good soaking of soil with seaweed tonic.
GARDEN MATTERS
better gardening
[
N E WS , P R O D U C T S A N D T R E N D S
]
IN THE
TRUNK
Inspired by
nature, this tree
trunk-like planter
is sure to make
an impression
whether used
inside or out. Made from solid
teak, it’s 50cm high, 30cm wide,
and is low maintenance. It also
comes in medium and small.
Satara Teak Planter, large, $196,
satara.com.au.
DUTCH DELIGHT
Elegant in semi-double blushed pink, the
Dutch-bred ‘Tutu’ hellebore (Helleborus
‘Tutu’) is guaranteed to li shady corners,
especially when mass planted. At its
floral best from winter into spring, it
needs minimal care, apart from trimming
to ground level in late spring and an
occasional soak over warmer months.
When po ed, it can be brought indoors to
display for up to three weeks. From Plants
Management Australia, pma.com.au.
EXPERT INSIGHTS
The full monty
UK TV gardener Monty Don lays bare the
fundamentals of gardening for newer
gardeners in his book, The Gardening
Book (BBC Books/Penguin Australia,
$59.99). It’s a no-nonsense tome filled with
insights, instructions and steps. From Latin
names and soil types, to growing more
than 100 plants, it’s a bookshelf keeper.
Easy being green
Historic Esk, 100km north-west of Brisbane, becomes a mecca for
gardeners and families on Saturday, June 15, with its delightfully
laidback Esk Garden Fair. Wander nursery and hobby farmer stalls,
learn from horticulture experts, check out award-winning chef Jason
Peppler’s recipes, get your mini’s face painted, or relax to music in the
surrounds of the Old Esk Railway Station. The fair is a not-for-profit
event by the local garden club, eskgardenandlifestylefair.com.
BHG JUNE
Prices are approximate and a guide only.
WHAT’S ON?
EXCLUSIVE READER OFFER
ROONSLEY S
$27.50
!
EACH
BEAUTIFUL ROSES
TO BUY + PLANT
ALFRED SISLEY
AS GOOD AS IT GETS
Order bare-rooted roses
now for a blooming summer!
THE ANCIENT MARINER
Photography Benedetta Rusconi. Prices are approximate and a guide only.
THE GOLDEN CHILD
SHIRLEY’S ROSE
ORDERING DETAILS
EBB TIDE
Offer closes 31 August, except for WA and Tas, where orders close 31 July to allow
for quarantine time, or until sold out. Orders dispatched between mid-July to
late-August, except for WA and Tas, orders to be dispatched mid-August. Freight
$38 per order, except for SA at $30 per order. WA and Tas: on top of the $38
freight charge per order, there is a surcharge of $25 for quarantine certificates.
ORDER THESE + MORE BARE-ROOT ROSES AT BHGSHOP.COM.AU
JUNE 2024 BHG 111
GARDEN CALENDAR
moon guide
Use the phases of the moon to your advantage by following Milton Black’s planting guide
How to use the calendar
June 2024
SUN
MON
TUES
WED
THUR
FRI
SAT
1
2
3
9
10
11
16
17
18
Moon enters
Taurus
3:55pm
Moon enters
Leo
5:28am
4
5
Moon enters
Gemini
6:36pm
12
Moon enters
Virgo
3:38pm
19
Moon enters
Scorpio
4:37pm
23
24
Moon enters
Aquarius
1:14pm
6
7
8
13
14
15
20
21
22
28
29
New Moon
in Gemini
10:37pm
Moon enters
Cancer
10:40pm
First Quarter
Moon in Virgo
3:18pm
Moon enters
Sagittarius
2:31am
25
26
Moon enters
Pisces
4:07pm
Moon
enters Aries
1:28pm
27
Moon enters
Aries 6:15pm
Moon enters
Libra
4:12am
Moon enters
Capricorn
9:08am
Full Moon 11:07am
Moon in Aries
Last Quarter
Moon 7:53am
30
Moon enters
Taurus 10pm
You must plant all ABOVE‑ground crops during the moon’s WAXING cycle.
You must plant all BELOW‑ground crops during the moon’s WANING cycle.
Times are in Australian Eastern Standard Time, AEST. This applies to NSW, the ACT, Qld, Vic and Tas.
For SA and NT, deduct half an hour. For WA, deduct two hours. During Daylight Saving Time, add 1 hour.
ZODIAC SIGNS
Aries
The 12 signs of the zodiac are divided into
four groups – fire, air, earth and water.
Taurus
Fire signs
Aries and Sagittarius
are in harmony with all
fruit. Leo is in harmony
with nuts and all
seed‑producing crops.
Earth signs
Capricorn and Taurus are
in harmony with all root
vegetables that produce
crops below the ground,
including garlic. Virgo is in
harmony with all herbs.
Cancer
Air signs
Libra, Aquarius and
Gemini are in harmony
with plants that produce
flowers and perfumes.
Water signs
Cancer, Scorpio and
Pisces are in harmony
with above‑ground
crops, including
trees, shrubs, lawns,
and leafy, juicy and
fleshy vegetables.
Gemini
Leo
Virgo
Libra
Scorpio
Sagittarius
Capricorn
Aquarius
Pisces
Best days
Second-best days
Best days
Second-best days
On these days, thin out seed boxes, sow all
types of seeds and plant seedlings that produce
their crop above the ground. These include all
varieties of peas, beans, corn, cabbage, cauliflower,
broccoli, Brussels sprout, eggplant, lettuce,
celery, silverbeet, spinach, endive, Chinese
cabbage, tomato, cucumber, asparagus crowns,
artichoke, marrow, pumpkin, capsicum, melon,
zucchini, chicory, sprouts, rhubarb, all herbs
(except garlic) and all agricultural crops, such as
sunflower, grains, cereals, canola and cotton.
During these days, you can also plant flowering
shrubs, annuals, flowers (not bulbs), cactus, flax,
tree ferns, passionfruit vines and kiwifruit. Plant all
fruit trees and trees that produce edible nuts, such
as almond, pecan, macadamia and walnut. Grapes
and banana can also be planted during these
times. Take cuttings from established trees and
shrubs, and propagate. This is also a good time for
planting trees and climbers and sowing new lawns.
On these days, sow all seeds and plant seedlings
of root vegetables that grow their crop below the
ground, such as carrot, parsnip, radish, beetroot,
onion, leek, swede, turnip, sweet potato, seed
potato, yam, cassava, peanut, garlic and ginger.
This is a good time to plant flowering bulbs, or
bulbs for propagation and development rather than
flowers. Also, plant bare‑rooted trees, to develop
root growth, and refurbish established lawns.
A favourable time for transplanting all types
of established trees, shrubs, ferns and bulbs.
Weed and lightly feed. Water with
seaweed‑type products only.
Destroy or spray weeds, pests and noxious
growth. Burn off, cut lawns, do heavy pruning and
clear rubbish – don’t plant or transplant anything.
Prepare soil and fertilise garden beds for future
planting; spread and make compost; feed all
established plants, shrubs and lawns, then water in.
This is the best time for dethatching or coring lawns.
Do not plant or transplant anything, as the
moon is adversely aspected with the sun.
Any questions? Email milton@miltonblack.com.au.
112 BHG JUNE 2024
ADVERTISINGFEATURE
THERMAL
GARDENGLOVES
The Thermal Garden Gloves have
a dual-layer thermal lining, which
provides extreme comfort and
warmth in the cooler months.
The non-slip, 3⁄4 latex-coated palm
gives superior grip, while the
polyester backing adds comfort
and flexibility to the back of the
hand. They’re also abrasion and
puncture resistant and come in
small, medium and large sizes.
YOU’REIN
SAFEHANDS
WITH CYCLONE’S THERMAL AND HYDROGRIP GLOVES,
GARDENING IN COLD OR DAMP CONDITIONS IS COMFORTABLE
D
on’t let chilly days or wet
weather stand in your way of
getting the gardening done.
Slip on a pair of Cyclone garden gloves
and feel confident your hands will
be warm, comfortable and protected.
Planting, weeding, clearing out
the gutters or cleaning up leaves?
Cyclone Thermal Garden Gloves
have a dual-layer thermal lining,
so you can take on the dropping
temperatures in guaranteed toasty
comfort and warmth.
On rainier days when the chores
can’t wait or you’re still keen to get
outside, the Hydrogrip Garden Gloves
will give you the upper hand with their
water repellent, non-slip double latexcoated palm. Even in extreme wet
conditions, your hands will stay dry
and you won’t lose your grip, giving
you added peace of mind.
Made for Australian gardens and
seasons for over 100 years, Cyclone’s
range of gloves and tools is perfect for
any passionate gardener.
@CYCLONETOOLS
@CYCLONETOOLS
AVAILABLE AT BUNNINGS. DISCOVER THE FULL RANGE, VIST CYCLONE.COM.AU
HYDROGRIP
GARDENGLOVES
The Hydrogrip Garden Gloves have
a non-stick, double latex-coated
palm, which is water repellent and
designed to keep your hands dry
in extreme wet conditions. They’re
great for working with wet soil or
wet leaves and clippings. The wet
and dry non-slip grip allows for
safe handling and finger dexterity,
while the abrasion and puncture
resistance comes in handy when
managing rough garden material.
The gloves are available in medium,
large and extra large sizes.
READING MATTERS
better books
T H E N E W E S T A N D B E S T N OV E L S A N D N O N - F I C T I O N
]
Karma
Boy George
(Allen & Unwin, $34.99)
FUNNY SMART AND
HEARTBREAKING
ROBBIE WILLIAMS, SINGER
When We
Were Silent
Fiona McPhillips
(Penguin Random House, $34.99)
Lou Manson is an outsider when
she joins the final-year class at
Highfield Manor, Dublin’s most
exclusive private school. But
Highfield is hiding a dark secret,
and Lou is here to expose it.
When Lou befriends the beautiful
and talented Shauna Power, her
plans are thrown into turmoil.
Speaking out against the school
would mean betraying Shauna,
and Lou soon discovers that
the Highfield elite will go to
any lengths to protect their
own reputation, even when
the consequences are fatal.
BHG JUNE
Karma is the definitive
autobiography from music
icon, Boy George, the
Grammy, Brit and Ivor
Novello award-winning lead
singer of ’80s pop/reggae
band, Culture Club. Karma
reflects on his life as a kid
growing up in ’60s London,
to the glam rock and punk
rock revolution that birthed
Culture Club, to meeting
legends like David Bowie,
Madonna and Prince. The
book reveals the highs and
lows of love, loss, addiction,
recovery, prison and celebrity
on Boy George’s journey
through fame to embracing
the artist and man he is today.
THE FAMILIAR
Leigh Bardugo
(Penguin Random House,
$34.99)
Luzia, a servant in the
household of an impoverished
Spanish nobleman has a
talent for little magical
miracles. When her mistress
finds out, she demands Luzia
use her gifts to win over
Madrid’s most powerful players, but what begins as
simple amusement takes a dangerous turn. Amidst
the Inquisition, Luzia must use every bit of her wit
and resilience to hide her ancestry, even if that
means enlisting an immortal familiar to help her.
BIRDS OF A FEATHER
Rhianna King
(Affirm Press, $34.99)
Cautious, frugal Beth doesn’t
feel like she belongs in her
bohemian family, apart from
the special relationship she
has with her grandma, Elise.
When Beth wins the lottery,
she decides to treat Elise.
But all Elise wants is Beth
to help her track down her first love, Gerry. It’s a
fun, uncomplicated little adventure, Beth thinks,
until she discovers her grandma’s great love is a
woman, and their romance was thwarted by the
conservatism of the day. Beth then reconsiders her
own life – should she open her heart to fate?
HAS ANYONE SEEN
CHARLOTTE SALTER?
Nicci French
(Simon & Schuster, $32.99)
When beautiful and vivacious
Charlotte Salter fails to turn
up to her husband Alec’s
50th birthday party, her kids
are worried, but Alec is not.
How can anyone just vanish
without a trace? Years later, their daughter Etty
returns home to help Alec, who has dementia, move
into care. But when their childhood friends decide
to do a podcast about Charlotte’s disappearance,
the town’s secrets might finally come to light.
Compiled by Joseph Kenworthy. Prices are approximate and a guide only.
[
WEEKEND CRAFT
The cubby market is booming, but if you’re just
seeking an entry-level playhouse designed for
fun indoor days, this fab foldable kids’ pad is it!
S
ave your sanity – and
the sofa cushions
– with a fold-away
cubby that fits over
your dining table. Your kids
will have a place for endless
imaginary adventures in a
snap, no backyard required,
providing them with a
116 BHG JUNE 2024
house, a robbers’ cave, a
fairy den, a pirate ship, you
name it! With an opening
door and ‘real’ windows, the
cubby will provide endless
entertainment for kids of all
ages, from toddlers upwards.
Then pop it back in the
cupboard for next time.
SEEN ON BHG TV
FRIDAYS 7.00
make it personal
Use the instructions
overleaf as a guide to
customise a play space
that suits your child’s
interests – or start
with plain calico
and let them paint it
as part of the fun.
JULIET LOVE
Join me as I show you how to
create more fun projects on BHG
TV, Fridays at 7pm on Channel 7.
(Apologies, may be subject to change.)
For more decorating, go to
bhg.com.au.
WEEKEND CRAFT
EASY STEPS TO MAKING A FOLDABLE CUBBY
Put in just a few hours of easy sewing for a big return – lots of creative play for your minis!
Gather your supplies
• Striped or plain fabric,
to fit tabletop for roof
• Sturdy plain fabric,
for cubby walls
• 20cm-wide strip of print
fabric to fit around
base of cubby walls
(see Notes below)
• Three 30cm squares
of clear plastic, for
windows
• Tracing paper and pen
• 2m x 12mm and
4m x 38mm Birch cotton
heading tape in
Twilight Blue
• Helmar 450 adhesive
• Thin scrap cardboard
• HeatnBond Ultrahold
Iron-on Adhesive
• Poly poplin fabric
in brown and 2 shades
of green, for appliqué
• About 1.2m x 112cm print
fabric, for door and
window blinds
• 40 x 112cm contrast
fabric, for window
blind lining (use excess
roof fabric, if any)
• 5m x 15mm decorative
grosgrain ribbon, for
door and window ties
• 2 sheets red craft felt
• Small amount of polyfill
• Small amount
self-adhesive
hook-and-loop tape
You’ll also need
Sewing machine;
thread; scissors; tape
measure; ruler; iron
Notes
1 To estimate how much
fabric you need, first
measure the width (W),
STEP 9A
STEP 4
STEP 7A
STEP 9B
STEP 7B
STEP 5
length (L) and height (H) of
your table, and make a note
of these measurements.
2 A sheet or tablecloth could
be used for the ‘roof’.
3 Print fabric around base of
‘walls’ is 17cmH. It may be
more economical to cut and
join several 20cm pieces to
fit around perimeter.
4 This door is 53cmW, the
windows are 30cm square.
Modify measurements, as
required.
5 Seam allowance is 1.5cm,
unless otherwise specified.
Here’s how
Cubby walls + roof
STEP 1 From roof fabric, cut
a rectangle to tabletop size
(W x L), adding 3cm extra all
round for seam allowance
and ease. Measure and mark
centre point on each edge
(CF and CB) and set aside.
STEP 2 For walls of cubby,
cut a piece of fabric that is
(H + 3cm) x (W + L + W + L,
minus 50cm). You are going
to put the door in centre of
1 long side, which is why you
need to subtract a 50cm
opening from total length.
Fold fabric in half crosswise;
mark the centre point (CB).
STEP 3 For contrast base of
walls, cut and piece together
enough 20cm-wide strips of
print fabric to obtain a strip
the same length as wall
fabric (see Step 2). Press
under 1.5cm on 1 long edge.
STEP 4 With right side of
base print facing wrong side
of wall fabric, and raw edges
even, pin base print to 1 long
edge of wall fabric. Stitch.
STEP 5 Fold base print to
right side of wall fabric,
enclosing seam, press well
and topstitch previously
pressed edge in place.
STEP 6 Press under 1.5cm
on both short ends of wall
fabric including raw edges of
base print, then press under
another 1.5cm. Stitch hems
in place close to inner fold.
To help with window and
wall decoration placements,
use a tape measure to
measure and mark each
‘corner’ of the wall piece,
remembering there is a
50cm opening at centre
front. Set wall piece aside.
Window prep
STEP 7 Rule up a 30cm
square on tracing paper and
divide it crosswise into
quarters. Place a 30cm clear
plastic window square on
this template. Cut two 30cm
lengths of 12mm-wide cotton
heading tape (or to desired
measurements) and glue in
STEP 10A
STEP 10B
position, perpendicular to
each other on clear plastic
square. Cut four 30cm
lengths of 38mm-wide
cotton heading tape and
glue to sides, then top and
bottom, of window, creating
a frame. Trim any extending
tape ends, if necessary.
STEP 8 Repeat Step 7 for
the remaining windows.
STEP 9 Decide placement
of windows in wall piece.
This cubby has 1 either side
of door and 1 in a short side.
Rule up a 25cm square on
thin scrap cardboard and
cut out for a template. Trace
around template onto wall
fabric in each window
position and cut away fabric.
STEP 10 Using 450
adhesive, apply glue to back
of window frames and press
in place over window
openings. Set aside to dry.
(For removable windows – so
you can wash cubby – glue
strips of hook-and-loop
tape to back of window
frame, and stitch or glue
corresponding pieces
around window openings.)
their secret place
Kids adore the idea
that they can hide
from you in a space
of their own and
“you can’t come in”,
unless invited.
JUNE 2024 BHG 119
PHOTOCOPY TO ENLARGE DIAGRAMS TO SUIT
STEP 11A
TREE
DIAGRAM
STEP 11B
STEP 11C
STEP 12
120 BHG JUNE 2024
APPLE DIAGRAM
STEP 19
STEP 20
LEAF DIAGRAM
Appliqué
STEP 11 For apple tree,
enlarge tree diagram
(above) to the desired size
on a photocopier. Trace
design onto a piece of
HeatnBond. Enlarge and
trace a few leaves onto
HeatnBond. Press tree
design onto brown poly
poplin, and leaf design onto
2 different shades of green.
Cut shapes out accurately.
Cut a few smaller leaves
from brown scraps.
STEP 12 Remove backing
paper and position tree in
place on wall fabric. Press
tree in place first, then
repeat process for leaves.
Add a few brown and green
leaves on the ‘ground’.
Door and window blinds
STEP 13 From door/window
blind fabric, cut 2 rectangles,
each 56cm x (H + 3cm), for
door. Also cut three 36cm
squares from each of the
door fabric and the blind
lining, for window blinds.
STEP 14 Place 2 door
rectangles, right sides
together. (If you’ve used a
directional print, place each
1 facing opposite direction to
the other, so motifs will be
right side up when door is
down or rolled up.) Stitch
2 long sides and 1 short end
together. Turn right side out;
press flat. Fold door in half
lengthwise, mark centre
point (CF) of raw edges,
then open out again.
STEP 15 Cut two 60cm
lengths of grosgrain ribbon.
Fold each ribbon over raw
edges of door, about 15cm
equidistant from CF, so
ribbon fold is at top and
there is a 30cm ribbon tie
on each side of fabric.
Machine-baste ties in place
across top of door to secure.
STEP 16 With right sides
together, raw edges
matching and aligning CF
points on door and roof,
stitch door to roof, securing
ribbon ties in the seam. (If
using directional fabric,
check before you stitch that
printed motifs will be the
right way up when door is
down or rolled up.)
STEP 17 Place blind and
blind lining squares together
in pairs, right sides facing.
Stitch around 3 edges,
leaving top edge open. (If
you’ve used a directional
print, mark top edge of blind,
so motif is right way up when
blind is down.) Trim corners,
turn right side out, and press,
folding under the seam
allowance on open edges.
Cut two 60cm lengths of
grosgrain ribbon for each
blind. Fold each ribbon over
Photography Sue Ferris; styling Kate Walsh; project Chris Cort; words Georgina Bitcon
WEEKEND CRAFT
pressed top edge of blind,
about 7cm in from sides,
so there is a 30cm ribbon
tie on each side of fabric.
Machine-baste ties in place
across top of blind to secure.
STEP 18 Align each blind
over a window, pin to hold,
then topstitch in place just
above the window frame,
securing pressed edges and
ties at the same time.
Finishing
STEP 19 With right sides
together and matching
centre points and corners,
pin wall piece to roof
rectangle. Remember
hemmed short edges of walls
will extend a few centimetres
over each side of door and
they should be equidistant
from CF point of door.
Stitch as pinned, easing
fabric at each corner and
pivoting on the needle.
Zigzag raw edges, then clip
in towards stitching at
corners. Turn right side out.
STEP 20 Enlarge apple
digram (left) to desired size
and cut out for a template.
Use template to trace and cut
5 pairs of apples from red
felt. Run a thin line of glue
around inner edge of each
pair, leaving a narrow opening
for filling. (If you prefer, sew
apple pairs together,
stitching 2–3mm in from
edge.) Stuff with a small
amount of polyfill, then glue
(or stitch) opening closed.
Adhere a piece of hook-andloop tape to back of each
apple; stick corresponding
tape to a spot on the tree, so
little ones can ‘pick’ fruit.
FOR SHOPPING
DETAILS AND PROJECT
SUPPLIES, SEE OUR
STOCKISTS PAGE
a home amongst the apple grove
Create a make-believe orchard in your
living room. Enlarge and use the apple tree
diagram (left) as your appliqué pattern, or
use it as a guide to sketch your own tree.
Roll up! Pull up blinds with ribbon ties – and
release them for secret cubby business.
get thrifty You don’t need to buy fabric for
the roof, just use an old sheet or tablecloth.
JUNE 2024 BHG 121
TODDLER’S BEDROOM
1 room to grow
Paint the walls in neutrals and
add pops of colour that can be
switched out as your kid grows.
Organise your tiny tearaway’s
bedroom storage with flatpack
hacks, along with creative and
colourful DIY décor details
122 BHG JUNE 2024
SEEN ON BHG TV
2 hang out and hang it up
Break up your kid’s flatpack
wardrobe with a cosy reading
nook and stylish wooden hooks.
FRIDAYS 7.00
hen your bub becomes a
toddler, they discover a world
of adventure awaits and their
personality starts to shine.
Turn their bedroom into a
space that’s inspirational, adaptable and able to
pass the toddler-tough test. Opt for fixtures and
furniture that are easy to clean, organise and
update. And make a creative space for your
mini adventurer to explore, rest and dream!
4
3
3 wipe the slate clean
Paint a timber surface with
coloured chalkboard paint for
an instant art zone that’ll wipe
clean in a flash.
4 corral the clutter
Keep your busy toddler
organised with flexible
storage that will stand the test
of time. Install pull-out wire
shelves and colour-coded
boxes for toys, clothes, shoes
and other bits and bobs.
5 dream big
5
BHG JUNE
Add colourful themed details
inspired by your child’s
favourite things. Then make it
official, with their name in big
letters so they know it’s their
very own ‘big kid’s’ bedroom.
TODDLER’S
STRAP BEDROOM
HERE
EASY STEPS TO BUILDING A WARDROBE WITH NOOK
Get flatpack hacking and
turn kitchen cabinets into
bedroom storage and a
cosy nook for hanging out.
Gather your supplies
• Kaboodle 600mm
pantry cabinet with door
in Macaroon (2)
• Kaboodle 600mm
1-drawer base cabinet
with drawer front in
Macaroon (2)
• Kaboodle 600mm
slimline wall cabinet with
door in Macaroon (2)
• 42 x 19mm 2.4m
primed pine (3)
• 2200 x 600 x 26mm
pine panel (4)
• 30 x 8mm 2.4m
dressed pine
• 18 x 18mm 2.4m
dressed pine
• Soft-close overlay
hinges (6)
• Soft-close drawer
runners (2)
• Gas lift kit (2)
• Handle drilling template
You’ll also need
Drill and bits; tape
measure; combination
square; pencil; circular
saw; mitre saw;
80-grit sandpaper;
PVA glue; 75mm,
40mm and 35mm
screws; nap roller;
water-based varnish;
nail gun and brads; white
water-based enamel
paint; wall fixings;
filler; level; clamps
Safety notes: When
operating power tools,
wear safety glasses, a
mask and earmuffs, and
tie your hair back. When
Top cabinet
Pantry
cabinet
Short Handle
Alcove top
Long handle
Alcove side
Alcove side
Alcove
base
Plinth
Base cabinet
according to instructions in
packaging. Set aside.
STEP 2 Measure and mark
all components with tape
Project notes
measure, combination square
• Measure your space and
choose cabinets to fit. Adjust and pencil. Cut Alcove
supplies and components lists components with a circular
saw, and Plinth components
(left and below) accordingly.
with a mitre saw. Sand rough
• Save time and have alcove
edges with 80-grit sandpaper.
timber panels cut to size by
STEP 3 For alcove, apply
your timber supplier.
PVA glue along a short end of
Alcove side, attach to Alcove
Here’s how
top with butt joint. Predrill 4
STEP 1 Assemble all
equal holes through edge of
Kaboodle cabinet carcasses
appropriate, wear gloves
and protective clothing.
Components (in mm)
PART
SIZE
Alcove side
1353 x 600 x 26
Alcove top/base 1200 x 600 x 26
Plinth rail
2400 x 42 x 19
Plinth strut
480 x 42 x 19
MATERIAL
Pine panel
Pine panel
Primed pine
Primed pine
QTY
2
2
2
5
Get a handle on it with
DIY door pulls, see
Steps 11-13 (page 126).
Add large round hooks for
hoodies, hats, even artwork!
TODDLER’S
STRAP BEDROOM
HERE
Alcove top and into side,
insert 75mm screws, tighten.
Repeat for remaining 3
joints to complete alcove.
Apply varnish to inside
faces and edges of alcove.
Allow to dry, set aside.
STEP 4 For cabinetry plinth,
construct ladder frame with
2 parallel Plinth rails and 5
equally spaced Plinth struts.
Apply PVA glue to both ends
of all struts, attach to rails.
Secure rails to struts with
nail gun and brads.
STEP 3
126 BHG JUNE 2024
STEP 5 Apply filler to
nail holes on front face
of Plinth, allow to dry, then
sand smooth. Apply 2 coats
of enamel paint to front face
with nap roller, allow to dry
after each coat.
STEP 6 Lay plinth on floor
and against wall. Check
level. Secure to the wall with
drill and appropriate fixings.
STEP 7 Install Pantry
cabinet onto 1 end of plinth
and flush to wall. From inside
cabinet, predrill 4 holes
STEP 4
through the back of Pantry
and into wall. Secure with
appropriate fixings.
STEP 8 Repeat Step 7 to
install Base cabinets and
second Pantry cabinet.
STEP 9 Insert alcove flat
onto Base cabinets and
flush to Pantry cabinets
and back wall. Predrill
4 equally spaced holes
through top of Base
cabinets (from the inside)
into Alcove base, insert
40mm screws, tighten.
STEP 8
Repeat to attach both
Alcove sides to adjoining
Pantry cabinets.
STEP 10 Attach Top
cabinets (use Kaboodle
wall cabinets) to Alcove
top; secure to adjoining
cabinets with 40mm
screws. Assemble internal
cabinet fixings, runners,
hinges and shelves.
STEP 11 For door handles,
apply and spread PVA glue
along length of 18 x 18mm
dressed pine, then centre
and attach the 30 x 8mm
pine. Clamp together on
workbench. Secure with
brad nails spaced every
100mm. Punch nails; patch
with filler. Allow to set; sand.
STEP 12 For clean edge,
trim and discard end of
assembled handle strip
with mitre saw. Avoiding
nails, cut 4 short handles
(500mm long) and 2 long
handles (1190mm long) with
mitre saw. Apply varnish to
handles; allow to dry.
STEP 13 With handle drilling
template, measure and mark
assembly holes on all doors
and drawer fronts. Drill
holes, line up handles with
assembly holes to mark back
of handles. Predrill, insert
35mm screws and tighten.
STEP 14 Hang doors onto
all Pantry and Top cabinets.
Attach drawer fronts to both
Base cabinets.
STEP 9
EASY STEPS TO MAKING
A WALL BOX CABINET
Organise your kid’s
treasures with DIY wall
storage that’s affordable
and a breeze to build.
Gather your supplies
• 89 x 19mm 2.4m
dressed pine
• 64 x 19mm 1.8m
dressed pine
• 1800 x 450 x 16mm
MDF panel
• Soft-close overlay
hinges (2)
You’ll also need
Tape measure; pencil;
combination square;
mitre saw; 80-grit
sandpaper; PVA glue;
nail gun and brads;
35mm forstner bit;
hinge template;
drill; water-based
matt varnish;
primer; contrasting
water-based enamel
paints; nap roller;
paintbrush; wall
fixings; level
Prices are approximate and a guide only.
Here’s how
STEP 1 Measure, mark and
cut all components (see list
below) with tape measure,
combination square,
pencil and mitre saw. Sand
sawn edges.
STEP 2 To assemble outer
frame, apply PVA glue to
1 end of 2 Sides and attach
to Top edges with butt joints.
Apply PVA glue to opposite
ends, attach Base. Secure
Sides to Top and Base with
nail gun and brads.
STEP 3 Insert and mark
position of Shelves on
both Sides equally spaced
between Top and Base.
Apply PVA glue to both
ends of Shelf, attach to
Sides. Secure Sides into
end of Shelf with nail gun
and brads. Repeat for
second Shelf.
STEP 4 Apply PVA glue to
corner edges of 2 Corner
braces and attach to top
back corners of wall box.
Secure with brads. Apply
coat of varnish to wall box;
allow to dry.
STEP 5 With pencil, hinge
template, forstner bit and
drill, mark and bore hinge
holes on door, 75mm from
top and 85mm from bottom.
STEP 6 Apply primer and
2 coats paint to Door; allow
to dry after each coat.
STEP 7 Attach both hinges
to Door and clip onto
mounting plates. Position
Door flush to top of box
then mark, predrill and
screw plates to wall box,
insert and tighten screws.
STEP 8 From inside wall
box, predrill through Corner
braces with 5mm holes. Use
to insert appropriate fixings
and attach to the wall.
Components for 1 wall box (in mm)
PART
SIZE
MATERIAL
Door
310 x 298 x 16 MDF
Top/Base
260 x 89 x 19 Dressed pine
Side
290 x 89 x 19 Dressed pine
Corner brace 90 x 89 x 19
Dressed pine
Shelf
260 x 64 x 19 Dressed pine
*Cut across diagonal to create 2 triangles
QTY
1
2
2
1*
2
REV UP YOUR CABINETS
Paint papier-mâché letters
with a dark acrylic paint and
allow to dry. Draw road
markings along the centre of
the letter with white paint
pen. Shamrock Craft papiermâché letter, $6.50, and Uni
Posca 15mm white marker,
$15, spotlightstores.com.
STEP 4
STEP 2
FOR SHOPPING
DETAILS AND PROJECT
SUPPLIES, SEE OUR
STOCKISTS PAGE
STEP 7
TODDLER’S BEDROOM
Got a truck-loving toddler?
Build a shelf in the shape
of truck to stash their bestloved bedtime stories.
Gather your supplies
• 1800 x 450 x 12mm
MDF panel
• 64 x 19mm 1.8m
dressed pine
• 30 x 19mm 1.8m
dressed pine
• Black spray paint
You’ll also need
Tape measure;
combination square;
pencil; mitre saw;
drill; jigsaw; 32mm hole
saw; 80-grit sandpaper;
tester paints;
paintbrushes;
water-based top coat;
20mm screws;
PVA glue; nail gun and
brads; wall fixings;
clamps
Components for 1 bookshelf (in mm)
PART
SIZE
MATERIAL
Large strip
700 x 64 x 19
Dressed pine
Small strip
700 x 30 x 19
Dressed pine
Truck fascia 120 x 300 x 12 MDF
128 BHG JUNE 2024
STEP 2
Here’s how
STEP 1 Measure, mark and
cut all components (below
left) with tape measure,
combination square, pencil
and mitre saw.
STEP 2 Draw a truck ‘cabin’
shape (approx. 100 x
120mm) onto an offcut of
MDF, or trace around a
printed image. Cut out
shape with drill and jigsaw.
STEP 3 For truck ‘wheels’,
STEP 5
STEP 6
QTY
2
1
2
COVE R M E I N S U N S H I N E
On a blank canvas, draw a semi-circle ‘sun’ on centre of
bottom edge. Use a protractor and ruler to draw ‘rays’ that
extend from the ‘sun’. Mask the lines with painter’s tape.
For the sharpest of lines, haunch tape edges, then paint
everything white (same as base coat) and allow to dry.
Complete your artwork with 4 contrasting paint colour
tester pots. Allow to dry and remove tape.
Photography Alan Jensen; styling Kate Walsh; projects Greg Sparke, Chris Cort
EASY STEPS TO BUILDING A BOOKSHELF
cut circle with hole
saw from an MDF offcut.
Remove drill bit from hole
saw; discard circle. Use
MDF offcut as template
to cut 7 circles.
STEP 4 Sand components,
then paint truck cabin and
fascias with tester paint;
allow to dry. Apply spray
paint to wheels; allow to
dry. Apply water-based top
coat to all components.
STEP 5 Predrill and attach
Truck fascias to centre of
wheels (see picture, left)
with 20mm screws.
STEP 6 Apply PVA glue
along edge of Large strip
and attach to other Large
strip with a butt joint.
Repeat to attach Small
strip to front edge of
Large strip, then secure
all joints with nail gun.
STEP 7 Attach shelf to wall
with appropriate fixings.
With PVA glue, attach Truck
fascia and cabin to front of
Small strip. Clamp until dry.
C HALKB OAR D TAB LE
Find the centre of a 600 x 18mm
round timber panel. Draw a 500mmdiameter circle onto the panel, then
draw an equilateral triangle within
the circle. Position leg holes of 3
Adoored angle plates over apexes of
the triangle, then screw to the table.
A small metal pet bowl makes a great
chalk holder! Measure the bowl
diameter under the lip, then draw a
circle to size on the tabletop. Cut
out circle with drill and jigsaw; sand
edges. Prime, then paint tabletop
with chalkboard paint and allow to
dry. Insert pet bowl and attach 3
Adoored 400mm pine furniture
legs, from bunnings.com.au.
Height chart
H E I G HT C HART
Prime and paint a 2.4m x 140 x 19mm
timber board; allow to dry. Use tape
measure, ruler and black permanent
marker to draw 30mm lines on left
edge of the board at 1cm increments,
and a 50mm line to highlight
numbers every 10cm. Attach
wooden craft numbers with PVA
glue. Once dry, hang on wall with
fixings at correct height from floor.
PAPE R ART H O LD E R
Attach 30 x 30mm scrap wood
timber blocks to a 12mm x 600 x 800
MDF panel 50mm in from top
corners with PVA glue; allow to set.
Predrill through centre of blocks and
into panel; attach Lane Tan leather
handle (from bunnings.com.au) with
40mm screws. Thread a 550mm
length of 16mm dowel through a
paper roll, then through ends of
handles. Nail ends of 550mm thin
timber strips to panel and tuck the
paper behind the strips.
Walls
Dulux
Lamb’s
Ears
Walls
Dulux
Natural
White
Alcove
Dulux
Turner’s
Light
Wall boxes
Dulux
Tropical
Moss
Paper art holder
Chalkboard
table
Letters
Dulux
Tea
Chest
Add tapered legs to a round
board for a tiny table.
Use cabinet handles as a
roll holder for endless art!
ARCHITRAVES 101
AL L THE
Enhance your windows and frame your view with a beautiful
finishing detail that’s cost effective and picture perfect!
EASY STEPS TO FITTING ARCHITRAVE TRIM
STEP 1
STEP 2
Gather your supplies
• 92 x 18mm x 3m
colonial pre-primed
pine architrave
• Selleys Aquadhere
PVA wood glue
• Selleys No More Gaps
• Selleys Spakfilla
Rapid filler
• Water-based semigloss enamel paint
You’ll also need
Pencil; combination
square; mitre box;
hand saw; nail gun;
hammer; 40mm bullet
head nails; scraper;
80-grit sandpaper;
cloth; sash paintbrush
STEP 3
STEP 5
130 BHG JUNE 2024
STEP 8
Safety notes
When operating power
tools, wear safety glasses,
a mask and earmuffs, and
tie your hair back. When
appropriate, wear gloves
and protective clothing.
Here’s how
STEP 1 To mark architrave
mounting position, use a
pencil and combination
square to draw a line
around window frame 5mm
from edge of the window.
STEP 2 With a mitre
box and hand saw, cut
a 45-degree angle on
one end of the architrave.
STEP 3 Hold architrave
along horizontal marked
line with mitred edge lined
up to adjacent vertical
marked line. Mark the
architrave where it meets
the pencilled corner on
opposite end, then mitre
opposite direction so
architrave is symmetrical.
STEP 4 Use a nail gun
to secure section onto
window frame (or predrill
and hammer 40mm bullet
head nails).
STEP 5 Repeat Step 3
to cut vertical architrave
sections to size. Consider
and double check the mitre
direction for each section.
Apply PVA glue to the
mitred edges, then repeat
Step 4 to attach vertical
sections to window frame.
STEP 6 Repeat Steps
3-4 to cut and fit the top
horizontal section. Apply
PVA glue to mitred corners.
STEP 7 Predrill and nail
across the mitres through
the side of the trim to
ensure the architraves
don’t split apart.
STEP 8 Fill gaps and nail
holes with filler and scraper.
Allow to cure, then sand
filled areas smooth and
remove dust with a cloth.
STEP 9 For a professional
finish, apply bead of No
More Gaps to joint
between architrave and
wall. Smooth flat with damp
finger and allow to cure.
STEP 10 Apply 2 coats
enamel paint to architrave
and window frame. Allow
to dry after each coat.
FOR SHOPPING
DETAILS AND PROJECT
SUPPLIES, SEE OUR
STOCKISTS PAGE
Photography Alan Jensen; styling Vanessa Tidy; project Greg Sparke
Available in many styles, architrave trim hides gaps, prevents draughts and creates a smart
finish for your windows. Old trim can become rotten over time, but replacing it is a fairly
simple and fast solution that you can do yourself with instant reward.
SEEN ON BHG TV
FRIDAYS 7.00
AP P LY A W H ITE S E M I - G LO S S
E NAM E L FO R A C L A S S I C YET
M O D E R N F I N I S H THAT ’ S FA STD RYI N G AN D HAR D -W E AR I N G .
ON THE LIGHT
Weave DIY brilliance into a curvy wall light project made from just one timber plank!
ADAM DOVILE
Join me as I show you how to
create great spaces on BHG TV,
Fridays at 7pm on Channel 7.
(Apologies, may be subject to change.)
For more DIY, go to
bhg.com.au.
WOVEN LIGHT
W
ith the long, cool nights upon us, having
a cosy space to rug up and relax is a winter
must-have! Warm up a stark wall or a
cold-feeling room with a wall light that’s
architectural in style, lightweight, easy to hang and
straightforward to build. Adjust the size to suit your
wall and get creative with the curves. Then snuggle
into your ambient, restful hibernation space.
EASY STEPS TO MAKING
A WOVEN LIGHT FITTING
Grab your circular saw and light up your living space!
Create crafty wooden strips to make a timber wall light
that you can build in an afternoon.
WOVEN LIGHT DIAGRAM
Large brace
Stretcher
Small brace
Gather your supplies
• 285 x 19mm 2.4m
dressed pine
• 5m LED strip
with remote
• Wax spray
You’ll also need
Clamps; circular
saw and guide;
scrap wood;
tape measure;
combination square;
pencil; mitre saw;
orbital sander and
120-grit sandpaper;
PVA glue; drill; 30mm
screws; cable ties;
picture frame hooks;
wall fixings
Short strip
Long strip
Components (in mm)
PART
SIZE
MATERIAL
Long strip
2 x 19 x 2400
Dressed pine
Short strip
2 x 19 x 350-380* Dressed pine
Small brace 19 x 19 x 300
Dressed pine
Large brace 64 x 19 x 300
Dressed pine
Stretcher
19 x 19 x 2400
Dressed pine
*Cut random 350-380mm lengths.
QTY
16
26
4
3
3
Safety notes
When operating power
tools, wear safety glasses,
a mask and earmuffs, and
tie your hair back. When
appropriate, wear gloves
and protective clothing.
JUNE 2024 BHG 133
WOVEN LIGHT
Get jiggy with it
To allow your timber strips to bend and radiate light, the optimal thickness is around
2mm. Rip your timber safely and with precision, with a jig made from scrap timber
and the saw guide that comes with your circular saw. Remove power supply to circular
saw, then attach a 25 x 30 x 300mm scrap wood length to the saw guide with screws.
Insert guide through circular saw. Move the guide to allow a 2mm gap between
blade and jig, then tighten guide to hold in place. Now get ripping!
STEP 5A
workbench. Weave a
second Short strip about
100mm from the first.
Weave the opposite way to
the first Short strip (under,
then over). Check square.
Repeat with all remaining
Short strips.
STEP 6 Apply PVA glue
along edge of a Small brace
and attach to the end Short
strip. Repeat and attach
remaining Small braces at
600-800mm intervals.
STEP 7 Repeat Step 6 to
attach Large braces in
between the Small braces.
Allow PVA glue to dry.
STEP 8 Line up a Stretcher
along top ends of Small and
Large braces. Predrill
through Stretcher and into
outermost Small brace,
insert screws, tighten.
Repeat to attach Stretcher
to remaining Small braces.
STEP 9 Repeat Step 8
to attach a Stretcher to
bottom ends of Small
braces, and the final
Stretcher across the
STEP 5B
STEP 3
STEP 9
STEP 4
middle. Repeat to attach
Stretchers to all Large
braces to create the curved
effect. Apply wax spray.
STEP 10 Attach LED strip
along both sides of centre
Stretcher and secure with
cable ties. Attach 2 picture
frame hooks to 2 equally
spaced Large braces and
hang on wall with fixings.
STEP 10
FOR SHOPPING
DETAILS AND PROJECT
SUPPLIES, SEE OUR
STOCKISTS PAGE
BHG JUNE
Photography Alan Jensen; styling Kate Walsh; project Greg Sparke
Here’s how
STEP 1 Clamp uncut
dressed pine to workbench
so timber hangs over edge
of bench. Set up circular
saw with jig and guide. Rip
cut 23 strips 2mm thick.
STEP 2 Adjust jig, then
repeat Step 1 to rip cut
a 64mm strip and four
19mm strips.
STEP 3 Measure, mark and
cut all components (list on
page 133) from ripped
timber strips with tape
measure, combination
square, pencil and mitre
saw. Sand all components
with orbital sander.
STEP 4 Lay 16 Long strips
parallel on workbench.
Weave a Short strip over
the end of the first Long
strip and under the second.
Repeat until Short strip is
woven through, then check
Short strip is square.
STEP 5 Place a length of
scrap timber across woven
Short strip, clamp to
To find out more or to submit a referral
visit our website www.benevolent.org.au
or call 1800 236 762
The Benevolent Society are committed to helping you, your family
member or loved one with disability make the most of every opportunity
and live life to the fullest.
J003450
We offer a range of disability services including allied health assistance,
occupational therapy, behaviour support, physiotherapy and more.
The Benevolent Society provide privately funded payment options
and the majority of our clinical health and disability services can be
funded through the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS).
BUILD IN
RESILIENCE
Wave goodbye to
winter hair woes
Shampoos and conditioners
are not all created equal,
so your regular go-to brand
may not be as good for
this time of year. Consider
switching to products that
have added moisturising
and/or strengthening
benefits.
1 Strengthen &
Restore Shampoo and
Conditioner, $17 each,
TRESemmé. 2 Coconut
& Hibiscus Curl & Shine
Shampoo and Conditioner,
$23.50 each, Shea Moisture.
3 Aromatherapy Extra
Gentle Everyday Shampoo
and Deeply Nourishing
Botanical Conditioner,
$22.95 each, Natio.
4 Moisture Shampoo
and Conditioner, $58
each, Livani.
CAUSE & EFFECT
Nourishing and hydrating
products are a must for
keeping your hair strong and
glossy, but the humidity in
the air can be helpful, too. So
when winter hits with the cold,
blustery conditions setting in
and the humidity levels tending
to plummet, it’s a good time to
take your TLC to the next level.
With a little extra effort you
can not only reduce any
dryness, but also keep your
hair strong and healthy, have
less frizz and static, and find
that your hair looks and feels
a whole lot smoother.
N
ext time you’re
turning up the heat
inside your home
or car, spare a thought for your
hair and scalp. Winter can be tough
on them at the best of times, and
warm, dry air doesn’t do either any
favours. Your showers are probably
ho er too, and then there’s all
that styling. But, with these
tips, you can protect your
crowning glory.
BHG JUNE
When you’re shampooing,
incorporate a scalp massage
to help release tension and
improve circulation. Using
your fingertips, place one
hand on either side of your
head and then work in small
circular motions using just
enough pressure to ease
your scalp over your skull,
then shift to another area.
11
4
2
FOR SHOPPING DETAILS,
SEE OUR STOCKISTS PAGE
LOVE YOUR
SCALP
3
BETTER BEAUTY
Good to know
SMART MOVE
If you’re thinking of going
lighter in winter, you may
want to put those plans
on hold for a few months
as bleach damage is the
last thing your hair
needs right now.
TOP TIP
Start by using
a small amount
of a leave-in
conditioner and
increase the
amount until
you’re happy with
the results.
Try to minimise
rubbing your hair against
your scalp – it can damage
fragile hair.
NURTURE &
NOURISH
Improve the overall
condition of your hair
by using a mask or
treatment that suits
your hair at least
once a week. It will
help to restore and
replenish lost moisture
and reduce frizziness.
5 Luxury
Masque, $63, Mr
Smith. 6 Restorative
Hair Mask, $62.50,
Moroccanoil.
7 Botanical Repair
Strengthening
Overnight Serum,
$79, Aveda.
8 Thicker Fuller
Volumising Hair
Mask, $19, Grow. 9 The
One For Blondes
Masque, $60,
Belinda
Jeffrey Hair.
7
6
5
8
9
BETTER BEAUTY
MAKE A FRESH
START
Great hair starts at the
roots – the happier and
healthier your scalp is, the
better your chances are of
enjoying glossy locks. If your
scalp feels dry or irritated,
for example, review your
product choices and try
using a scalp scrub and/or
serum to help improve your
scalp condition and fortify
your hair growth.
10 Soothing Serum
With Organic Peony,
$29.99, Klorane.
11 Scalp Serum,
$32, Noosa Basics.
12 Scalp Scrub, $88,
Sachajuan. 13 Gold
Dandruff Treatment,
$17.99, Selsun.
EMBRACE
CONDITIONER
TOP TIP
Limit the use of
heat stylers and
straighteners as
they can add to the
drying effects of
harsh winter
conditions.
Good to know
BE GENTLE
Wet hair is very fragile,
so use a wide-toothed
comb to gently smooth
out your locks or comb
through a mask. Try
Detangle Comb,
$24.95, ORI Lab.
Now is not the time to skip
using a conditioner, it can
play a key role in protecting
your locks. And if your hair
is dry or looking lacklustre,
use a leave-in conditioner as
well before styling or drying
your hair. It will give it an
extra layer of moisture and
protection. Apply it from the
mid-lengths down, as the
older hair has greater needs.
14 Frizz Ease
Daily Nourishment
Leave-In Conditioner, $21,
John Frieda.
14
10
13
11
12
15 Touch Of Silver Leave-In
Conditioner, $14.95,
ProVoke. 16 Love Your
Smooth Leave-In Crème
Frizz Control, $14.99,
Pantene. 17 Protein Shot
Leave-In Conditioner,
$14.99, MooGoo.
OPTIMISE
EFFICIENCY
If your styling tools are
golden oldies they could be
taking an unnecessary toll
on your hair. Later model
dryers and stylers are more
efficient, kinder to hair
and reduce the time it’s
exposed to heat. Is it time
for an upgrade?
18 Airshot Pro, $499,
CLOUD NINE. 19 Limited
Edition Gold Styler in
Apricot Crush, $350, GHD.
20 Ceramic Pink Airwrap
Styler, $849, Dyson.
WINTER STYLING
Marie Nieuwoudt, CLOUD
NINE Global Ambassador
says, “To get the best results
without causing damage,
be sure to remove 80-90%
of the moisture before
you start blow-drying your
hair. There is no need to
use high heat, so set your
thermal tool to a neutral
temperature and... always
use a heat protectant.”
16
15
17
18
19
GOOD
TO KNOW
20
“Mechanical damage...
is the most frequent
form of hair damage,” says
Rob Smith, Dyson Senior
Hair Specialist. “Examples
of causes are brushing,
towel drying and running
fingers through the hair.
If towel drying, wrap hair
in a towel and let it
dry naturally”.
USE
PROTECTANT
Whenever you use a
heated styling tool apply
a heat protectant first.
It will help protect your
locks by coating the strands,
reduce surface damage
and help you achieve
smooth, sleek results.
21 Bodyguard Heat
Protect Spray, $45, GHD.
22 Dream Blowout Thermal
Protectant Crème, $38.95,
Joico. 23 Sleek & Shine
Flat Iron Perfector
Straightening Mist,
$10.99, Garnier Fructis.
Photography Adobe Stock, Getty Images. Prices are approximate and a guide only.
WINTER COLOUR
TRENDS
World-renowned hair
colourist Belinda Jeffrey
predicts that, “Coming into
winter... blondes are more
toned down and subtle,
less highlights, more
golden and natural with
glosses. Brunettes are
making a big comeback
21
with very chocolate
golden browns and
mocha brown tones,
less balayage, just
face-framing highlights...
Copper and warm
light red tones, also.”
GOOD OILS
To help prevent your
hair from becoming
WRAPPED WITH TLC
Use an absorbent wrap to
speed up drying time and
reduce hair damage, Riva
Hair Towel Wrap In Sweet
Shells, by Louvelle, $46.50,
hardtofind.com.au.
Good to know
BETTER TIP
By increasing the number
of days between washes
you’ll help to preserve
natural oils and minimise
dryness. Aim for once
or twice a week at
the most.
dehydrated, include a hair
oil in your styling routine.
Benefits of oils include
sealing in moisture, boosting
shine and reducing frizz.
Apply very sparingly and
focus on mid-lengths down
to the ends.
24 Hairdresser’s
Invisible Oil, $81, Bumble and
bumble. 25 Honey Infused
Hair Oil, 50ml, $79, Gisou.
26 Argan Oil, $34.50,
De Lorenzo.
22
26
23
24
25
TOP TIP
Instead of washing your hair
after a workout, use a dry
shampoo to help control
the perspiration as well as
keep your locks hydrated.
High Performance
Dry Shampoo, $39.99, Swet.
JUNE BHG
HEALTH MATTERS
better health
[
T H E L AT E S T N E WS , P R O D U C T S A N D T R E N D S
]
SWEET DREAMS
Good quality sleep is important
for metabolic health. Sleep Blend
is a nightly supplement designed
to support you in falling asleep
and staying asleep. It’s made from
natural ingredients, is high in
fibre, low in sugar and is suitable
for vegans. The Fast 800
Sleep Blend Lemon, $49.99 per
pack (30 servings),
aus.thefast800.com.
GOOD READS
UP YOUR GA ME
GOOD MORNING
If you’d like a li le extra
bounce in your step each
morning, try Energy & Skin
Radiance. This oral powder,
which you can add to water
or your favourite drink, is
designed to help relieve
symptoms of stress and
fatigue, and support cognitive
and mental function as well as
your skin health. Intu Wellness
Energy & Skin Radiance Tub,
$80, intuwellness.com.
BHG JUNE
BRUSH WORK
Do you change your toothbrush every
three months like you’re supposed to?
Research commissioned by Colgate
has shown 40% of Australians
don’t – and that’s a problem because
an old brush no longer does an
efficient job. To help keep your teeth
clean, replace your brush at the start
of each season and always keep it
stored where it gets airflow.
EAT FOR LIFE
The key to living a good life is
tip-top health and wellbeing, so
take control of yours now. In
Happy Healthy You by Lisa Curry
and Jeff Bu erworth (Harper
Collins, $45)
you’ll learn
how to take
practical,
lifelong steps
to maintain
your health
through diet
and lifestyle.
Do you need a be er diet? The Equalution app can create
a nutritional plan designed to suit your preferences and
lifestyle. The app gives you a tailored meal plan for weight
loss, muscle gain or maintenance, depending on your
unique health and nutritional needs, plus regular check-ins
and access to a supportive community. Standard plans
from $49/month for six months, equalution.com.
Photography Adobe Stock. Prices are approximate and a guide only.
RIGHT BALANCE
We are so
over COVID.
But for my nonna,
it’s still not over…
Maureen
is over 70
Before they test positive for COVID-19, talk
to their GP and visit knowplango.com.au to
check their eligibility for antiviral medicines.
Scan to check eligibility
© 2024. All rights reserved. Pfizer Australia Pty Ltd, Sydney, Australia.
PFIZ4915. PP-C1D-AUS-0093. 03/24.
MONEY MATTERS
better finance
B E AWA R E O F C H A N G E S A N D N E W M E A S U R E S B E F O R E C O M P L E T I N G YO U R TA X R E T U R N
Get more from your tax return
It’s coming up to tax time, here’s how to
claim the deductions you deserve
Claim workrelated expenses
If you’re unaware of the
work-related expenses
you can claim, especially
if you work from a home
office or if you’re a
worker in an industry
who can claim for such
items as clothing and
dry-cleaning expenses,
the Australian Taxation
Office has the latest
details on all you can
claim. Jump on
the site for a
refresher now,
ato.gov.au.
Ask about salary
pack aging
Consider asking your
employer about salary
packaging for the new
financial year. Salary
packaging is when you
receive less income
after tax, in return for
your employer paying
for benefits such as a
car or phone out of
your pre-tax salary.
Money Smart advises
you to seek professional
tax advice to work
out if salary packaging
is right for you,
moneysmart.gov.au.
]
NEW TAX
RULES
FOR 2024
Get help for free
If you earned $60,000
or less in the last
financial year and
have simple tax
affairs, take advantage
of the Australian
Government’s Tax
Help program where
accredited volunteers
will help you lodge
your tax return
online, for free,
ato.gov.au.
TAX CUTS
The government has
announced tax cuts to
all Australian taxpayers,
including a reduction in
the 19% tax rate to 16%,
treasury.gov.au/
tax-cuts/calculator.
MEDICARE LEV Y
For 2023-24 the
government is reducing,
or eliminating, the amount
of the Medicare levy
paid by more than a
million Australians on
lower incomes.
WORDS OF WISDOM
THE HARDEST THING IN THE WORLD
TO UNDERSTAND IS THE INCOME TAX
Albert Einstein, German physicist
This financial information is general in nature and does not take into consideration your personal circumstances.
If you need advice, please seek out a licensed financial adviser.
142 BHG JUNE 2024
TALK TO AN EXPERT
Reach out to a tax agent
or an accountant to learn
about the tax changes
and how they relate to
you, depending on
your situation.
Photography Adobe Stock, Getty Images; words Andrea Black
[
ANIMAL MATTERS
better pets
T I P S TO P R E V E N T B U R N S A N D F I S H I N G M I S H A P S
]
Safety around fishing gear
Fishing is relaxing but can cause problems for curious pooches
Fishing equipment
(as well as dangerous
marine life, such
as pufferfish) can
cause gastrointestinal
injuries, obstructions
and perforations,
which can lead to
costly vet bills! Pet
Insurance Australia
shares dog safety
tips around fishing
equipment and on
fishing adventures.
Secure storage Keep
your fishing equipment
in a locked cabinet,
garage or storage shed,
up high or inaccessible
to your dog.
Supervise Never
leave your fishing gear
unattended when your
dog is nearby. Keep
a close eye on them
when using or handling
fishing equipment.
Clean up After fishing,
promptly clean and
store the gear away
from paws’ reach.
Properly dispose of
bait, lures or hooks
to prevent accidental
ingestion.
Teach Rover Train
your dog to
understand basic
commands such as
‘leave it’ or ‘drop it’.
This can help prevent
them from picking up
or chewing on fishing
equipment they may
get into.
Try deterrence Use
pet-proofing products,
such as pet-safe bitter
sprays, on your fishing
gear to make them less
appealing to your dog.
Distract them Provide
your dog with plenty of
toys, chews and mental
stimulation to keep
them occupied and
less likely to seek out
forbidden items.
Consider a leash If
you’re introducing your
four-legged friend to
fishing, make sure you
keep them close by
and away from your
gear when you’re
not actively fishing
by using a leash or
harness. It could
save you a drive
to the vet.
Seek immediate
veterinary care if
your dog ingests any
fishing equipment!
144 BHG JUNE 2024
SAFEGUARD YOUR PET
WINTER BURNS
PREVENTION
According to Pet Insurance
Australia, claims for pet burns
jump 300% between May and
August, so it’s important to keep
your furry friends safe around
heat sources.
Common burns include hot
water bottles, scalding from hot
drinks, fireplace/heater burns,
chemical burns and faulty pet
heat pads/electric blankets.
Try these tips to prevent Lucky
from becoming a burns statistic:
Don’t leave hot drinks where
they’re accessible to your pet.
Always supervise your pet
when a heating pad is on.
Do not give your pet hot water
bottles. Consider pet-friendly
heat packs, and moving bedding
into sun-drenched areas.
Train your pet to keep a safe
distance from heat sources.
Or erect a barrier, such as a
fire or child guard.
Keep pets warm with a quality
dog coat or blanket instead of
using a heating device.
Purchase safe heaters that
turn off when knocked over.
Discourage cats from jumping
on heaters.
Never leave electric blankets
on when you are not at home.
Keep dogs that live outside
toasty. Place the kennel with
the door flap under cover,
facing away from the elements.
Add warm bedding with
straw underneath.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Photography Getty Images
[
Blaxland
NSW
Sippy Downs
QLD
Stanthorpe
QLD
ADVERTISING PROMOTION
BETTER SHOPPING
PLANNING A TRIP TO THE SHOPS?
HERE’S A ROUND-UP OF PRODUCTS YOU MAY LIKE TO CHECK OUT...
HOSE OFF
NEW RELEASE
The Nylex Retractable
Hose Reel ensures tidy
storage and clutterfree lawns. Available in
20m and 30m lengths,
from $149, it smoothly
retracts to prevent hose
kinks. The reel is easily
mountable and comes
with a swivelling bracket
and anti-leak fittings for
hassle-free watering.
Bestselling Australian
author Fiona McCallum
has returned with a
moving and suspenseful
story of family dynamics
and the power of true
friendship. Following
characters Natasha and
Mitchell, it is set in the
Adelaide Hills. Looking
Out is Fiona’s 16th book
and is available for $32.99.
nylex.com.au
bigw.com.au
SOFT TOUCH
SWEET RELIEF
Patons Aria 12 ply is
a light and loft y blend
of acrylic and wool
that brings luxury to
your knits without
compromising on
value. It’s available in
12 gorgeous colours.
Ask your local yarn
store for Classical
Aria (leaflet 7024) for
knitting inspiration.
Fisiocrem Solugel is
a topical gel to aid
with muscular aches
and pains, so you can
carry on with your
day. It’s available from
your local pharmacy,
Coles, Woolworths and
Chemist Warehouse
from $18.95. Always
read the label and follow
the directions for use.
fisiocrem.com.au
ausyarnco.com.au
CURVE APPEAL
BAKED BEAUTY
With a trendy and
elegant wave design, the
Alice Upholstered Bed
creates an illusion of
extra height and plenty of
sophistication. Featuring
a grey fabric piping trim,
Alice brings modern flair
to your sleeping space.
You can also rest easy
with simple assembly and
a three-year warranty.
The fresh food people
know that patience is a
virtue. Prepared over
35 hours, the White
Sourdough Loaf benefits
from a slow fermentation,
exclusive recipe and a
stone-baked process. The
result is a distinctive and
delightful taste with a
light texture. Available at
Woolworths for $6.50.
templeandwebster.com.au
woolworths.com.au
THEESSENTIALS
TOP PICKS
CHECKOUTOURPICKSOFTHEMONTHTOSEEWHAT'S
NEWWHAT'SHOTANDWHAT'SINSTORENOW!
EASYPEASY
Watersaver Gardens has an
in-built water reservoir so that
you can relax on holiday knowing
your gardens are thriving. No
surface watering results in less
weeds. Available in five sizes
and all Colorbond colours, these
Watersaver Gardens are
stress-free gardening at its best.
watersavergardens.com.au
COSYCOMFORT
WINTERWARMER
Craftee Cottage is bigger and
better than ever, having moved
to Huntingdale. This means
more space and more yarns! The
newest is the beautiful Sox 6
from Alpaca Yarns of
New Zealand, which comes in
large 150g and 387m balls and is
made from alpaca, blended with
nylon. Textured sock kits are
available online and in store.
Dreaming of a great night’s sleep?
Sleepy Merino’s pure Merino Sleep
Shirt, available for $169, has a superior
temperature regulation, scientifically
proven to assist sleep. It’s Australian
made with Aussie merino wool.
sleepymerino.com.au
crafteecottage.com
THEGREATWALL
Dunn & Farrugia’s ColorMax
AllySleeper is made from
aluminium and can be
powder coated in up to nine
standard colours. Paired here
with the ColorMax boundary
fence, the AllySleeper is ideal
for retaining walls, garden
edges, fences and more.
Panda’s Happy-go Brightly 8 ply is
available in 11 shades so you can get
colourful with your craft y creations.
Head to the website to download the
free pattern for this hooded coat, sized
from three months to two years.
dunnandfarrugia.com.au
ausyarnco.com.au
KNITMEHAPPY
THE ESSENTIALS
crafteecottage.com
for all your knitting,
crochet and
embroidery supplies.
Creative Spaces for
Everyday Living
Online and instore
On
29a Stafford St,
Huntingdale Vic 3166
03 9568 3606
Hemp Sleep &
Calm Gummies
raphaherbals.com
Helping
you live
your
best life
Affordable
Installed or easy to DIY
Add more space to your backyard
View our range at
www.cabinlife.com.au
Real Wonders.
THIS IS REAL COUNTRY, COME SEE FOR YOURSELF.
TO ADVERTISE CONTACT 02 9282 8303
THE ESSENTIALS
S M A RT FA R M
TOWER GARDEN BY
Solar
Powered
AUTOMATED
WATERING
JUST SET
AND FORGET!
CLOTHING • GIFTS • HOMEWARES
montyandmoo.com.au
Sensory and
educational
products
Native Floral Gifts
bellart.com.au
Ebsworth Pots
10%
OF F
coupon
TAKE10
OF
F
sensorypoodle.com.au
Before
Toothbrush holder and soap dish would
look wonderful in any bathroom. Visit
our website for a range of hand thrown
functional pottery suitable for daily use.
ebsworthpots.com
0403 233 309
After
No electricity needed • Includes 6 months nutrient
Large 210 litre capacity • Grows 60 large plants
“ Easy t o set u p up and the growth is amaz ing. Highly reco mme n d .”
(1 7 0 review s )
S co tt Jan uar y 1 2 , 2 0 2 2 .
Scan code to recieve our
FREE E-BOOK
5 Things You Must Know to
Grow Food From Home
BUY COMPLETE KIT NOW
0424 169 729
M R STAC K Y. C O M . AU
TO ADVERTISE CONTACT 02 9282 8303
THE ESSENTIALS
%
1 0 FF
O
Earthlife
makes
gardening
easy.
Enjoy our simple
i
fast acting
solutions for
your everyday
gardening needs.
www.funjobs.store
Made For Aussies By Aussies
www.timberwolffires.com.au
Receive a 10% discount for online
orders over $50 using code bhg10
1800 819 003 earthlife.com.au
Australia’s Best Online Furniture & Home Décor Store
Premium Home Brands at Best Prices
www.livingstyles.com.au
Furniture
Home Decor
10000+
8000+
Styles
Styles
Lighting
Rugs
4000+
10000+
Styles
Styles
Shade & Greenhouse
Specialists
Australian Owned
& Manufactured
FURNITURE • HOMEWARE • LIGHTING • RUGS • KITCHENWARE
Sizes to suit all
Register now to receive your
$50 coupons* to spend store wide!
0400 342 268
Log on at www.livingstyles.com.au/hb
or scan QR code to sign up.
www.aussieshadehouses.com.au
*Terms & conditions apply, please see sign up page for details
TO ADVERTISE CONTACT 02 9282 8303
THE ESSENTIALS
Australian
made sleep and
loungewear
30 Day Sleepy
Comfort Guarantee
discover your
best sleep
sleepymerino.com.au
sleepymerino
TO ADVERTISE CONTACT 02 9282 8303
THE ESSENTIALS
Lotus Blake
World Leading
Amazing Stability
Durable and Reliable
Stunning Performance
$2,790
Jo Rabbit Transporter
10kg pieces Easy to lift
Call a phone that answers
Experts since 1990
Australia-wide Easy Shipping
Bricks & Mortar Business
Parts Service Repairs Advice
TO ADVERTISE CONTACT 02 9282 8303
Montana 36volt $4,290
Esteem 24volt $2,990
Scooter City
Free Info Pack
1-800-726-683
(
www.scootercity.com.au
Caring
shouldn’t
cost you
your future
When a family member or close friend falls ill, who steps
in to help? Primary carers. But there’s a massive problem.
70 per cent of these primary carers are women*, and they
are not paid super. Over time, this deficit adds up – big
time. Enough to make or break their later life. Putting others
first shouldn’t put you out of home. Providing for others
shouldn’t take the food from your retirement table.
We don’t make the rules, but we sure as hell can change them.
Let’s guarantee super for carers.
For more information visit costofcaring.com.au
*Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2018
Scan to sign
the petition
JUNE STOCKISTS
better stockists
[
P L A N N I N G A T R I P TO T H E S H O P S? H E R E ’ S O U R R O U N D - U P O F P R O D U C T S
]
94
116
102
122
130
132
YOUR SHOPPING DIRECTORY
Adairs adairs.com.au
Aveda adorebeauty.com.au
Belinda Jeffrey Hair
belindajeffreyhair.com
Booktopia booktopia.com.au
Bumble and bumble mecca.com.au
Bunnings bunnings.com.au
Cloud Nine cloudninehair.com.au
Country Road countryroad.com.au
De Lorenzo delorenzo.com.au
Dyson dyson.com.au
Freedom freedom.com.au
Garnier Fructis
chemistdiscountcentre.com.au
GHD ghdhair.com/au
Gisou mecca.com.au
Grow priceline.com.au
Harry Hartog harryhartog.com.au
IKEA ikea.com/au
John Frieda coles.com.au
Joico adorebeauty.com.au
Koch & Co koch.com.au
Klorane adorebeauty.com.au
Kmart kmart.com.au
Livani livani.com
Ministry of Flowers
ministryofflowers.com.au
Monday Haircare
au.mondayhaircare.com
Moroccanoil adorebeauty.com.au
Mr Smith mr-smith.com.au
Myer myer.com.au
Natio natio.com.au
Noosa Basics noosabasics.com
ORI Lab adorebeauty.com.au
Pantene
chemistwarehouse.com.au
ProVoke beautybliss.com.au
Sachajuan roguebeauty.com.au
Selsun bloomsthechemist.com.au
Shea Moisture
ozhairandbeauty.com
Sheridan sheridan.com.au
Spotlight spotlightstores.com
Swet swetbeauty.com
Target target.com.au
TRESemmé
chemistwarehouse.com.au
JUNE 2024 BHG 155
JUNE STOCKISTS
Forever flowers,
page 94
Project supplies Bunnings
Porta 19 x 19mm 1.2m dowel
clear pine, $11.20. Jack 100m
jute twine plant tie, $11.99.
Everhang 8kg brass-plated
picture hooks, 4 pack, $2.10
or Everhang 20kg solid wall
picture hanging hook, 2 pack,
$3.14. Kmart Mini pegs, pack
of 20, $2. Koch & Co Dried
flowers, various prices.
Tips are tops,
page 102
Project supplies Bunnings
Buildex 10-16 x 16mm climaseal
hex head with seal cladding tek
screws, 50 pack, $14.76. Goliath
5m black edge trim, $25.27.
Bastion 20kg river sand, $9.40.
Scotts Osmocote 25L native
premium potting mix, $12.98.
Open house, page 116
Shopping details Adairs
Moma Mint arch canvas 100 x
100cm, $299.99. Herning Ivory
rug 160 x 230 cm, $349.99.
Belgian vintage washed linen
cushion 50 x 50cm in Light
Denim, $79.99. Suri linen
throw in Sky Blue, $119.99.
Spotty knitted dinosaur toy
in Mustard, $49.99. Dressed
up dachshund keepsake toy,
$39.99. Kids bulldozer play time
gift, $49.99. Vintage washed
linen floor cushion 65 x 65cm
in Eucalyptus, $99.99. Harry
Hartog Here We Are by Oliver
Jeffers, $24.99. When Billy
Was a Dog by Kirsty Murray
and Karen Blair, $24.99. Kmart
Stripe basket in Natural, $19.
Sheridan Ostan cushion 45 x
45cm in Lake, $89.99.
Project supplies Spotlight
Fabrics: Blue poplin; Cockatoo
blue; Blue stripe Bee Cutie
poplin; Poly poplin in russet,
apple and lime. 12mm and
38mm header tape. Acrylic felt
in Tomato Red. Clear plastic.
Klasse dressmaking shears and
pinking shears. Hook and Loop
stick-on tape. Low-temp glue
gun and glue sticks. Helmar
450g. Birch HeatnBond. Fabric
Fuse clear glue.
Tidy tots, page 122
Shopping details Adairs
Belgian vintage washed linen
156 BHG JUNE 2024
cushion 50 x 50cm in Antique
Green, $79.99. Belgian vintage
washed linen check cushion
50 x 50cm in Pacific Blue
& Garden Grove, $89.99.
Belgian vintage washed linen
stripe cushion 50 x 50cm
in Gum Leaf & Deep Teal,
$89.99. Harley bedside table
in Seafoam, $499.99. Koala
night light, $49.99. Malmo linen
cushion 50 x 50cm in Arctic
Blue, $79.99. Spotty knitted
dinosaur toy in Mustard, $49.99.
Tribeca table light in Green,
$79.99. Ultra soft truck time
blanket, $59.99. Booktopia A
Pair of Pears and an Orange by
Anna McGregor, $24.99. IKEA
Flisat toy storage with wheels,
$49. Flisat children's stool, $35.
Sniglar bed frame with slatted
bed base in Beech, $129. Kmart
Dinosaur plush toy, $10. Knitted
plush toy, $10. Target Charlie
trucks quilt cover set in single,
$15. Charlie trucks cushion,
$15. Histoire d’ ours hip chic
hippo plush in Blue Jean,
$25. Henry check fitted sheet
and pillowcase in single, $30.
Flannelette heavy shirt, $25.
Kids reversible bucket hat in
Green Stripe/Green, $15. All
the World Says Goodnight by
Jess Racklyeft, $19.99. Wombat
Stew by Marcia Vaughan,
$14.99. Goodnight Cat by Katie
Button, $14.99. Peep Inside the
Farm by Anna Milbourne, $6.
The Animal Alphabet by Dots
by Donna, $29.99.
Project supplies Bunnings
Wardrobe nook Kaboodle
600mm kitchen pantry, $330.
Kaboodle 600mm Macaroon
Alpine pantry door, $581.
Kaboodle 600mm 1-drawer
base cabinet, $200.55.
Kaboodle 600mm Alpine
Macaroon drawer panels,
2 pack, $210.60. Kaboodle
600mm slimline wall cabinet,
$91.35. Kaboodle 600mm
Macaroon Alpine slimline
door, $125.28. Specrite 2200 x
600 x 26mm timber multi-use
pine panel, $89. 89 x 19mm
2.4m DAR pine premium,
$17.30. 64 x 19mm 2.4m DAR
pine premium, $14.99. Porta
30 x 8mm 2.4m square-edged
board clear pine, $14.40. Porta
18 x 18mm 2.4m DAR square
clear pine, $17.40. Kaboodle
soft-close door hinge, 1 pair, $19.
Kaboodle soft-close drawer
runner, 1 set, $32.30. Kaboodle
slimline cabinet hinge pack,
$47.80. Kaboodle handle
drilling template, $13.80. Wall
box 16mm MDF panel standard
1800 x 600mm, $32. 89 x
19mm 1.8m DAR pine premium,
$15.14. 64 x 19mm 1.8m DAR
pine premium, $12.85. Hafele
105° soft-close full overlay
salice hinge, 1 pair, $19.47.
Bookshelf 1200 x 900mm
9mm MDF panel standard,
$23.30. 64 x 19mm 1.8m DAR
pine premium, $12.85. 42 x
19mm 1.8m DAR pine premium,
$8.65. Dulux Design Effects
500ml Coloured Chalkboard
Ultra Deep Paint in Wing
Commander, $37.90.
All the trimmings,
page 130
Shopping details Bunnings
Mondella Black Maestro
lever handle sink mixer, $179.
Freedom Eyre glass vase,
$79.95. Myer Maxwell &
Williams graze rectangular
serving paddle in Natural,
$59.95.
Project supplies Bunnings
92 x 18mm 5.4m moulding
white pine FJ primed Aus
colonial, $35.63. Selleys 250mL
Aquadhere PVA wood glue
exterior adhesive, $14.99.
Selleys 180g Spakfilla rapid
gap filler, $12.90. Selleys
475g No More Gaps interior
multipurpose gap filler, $5.19.
Dulux 1L Aquanamel
semi-gloss White enamel
paint, $61.90.
On the light
wavelength,
page 132
Shopping details Adairs
Belgian vintage washed
linen cushion 50 x 50cm in
Brown Sugar, $79.99.
Rosedale corduroy cushion
50 x 50cm in Rust, $79.99.
Yuri cushion 50 x 50cm in
Sand, $89.99. Country Road
Cove linen cushion 60 x 60cm
in Chocolate, $99.95. Dane
ceramic medium vase in Sand,
$59.95. Marley cotton round
cushion, $79.95. Kmart Natural
dahlia rug large, $109. Glass
stripe vase, $12. Pedestal bowl
in Grey, $6. Ministry of Flowers
Large flower bouquet.
Project supplies Bunnings
285 x 19mm 2.4m DAR pine
premium, $55.65. Arlec grid
connect smart 5m LED white
and colour changing strip light
with remote, $39.
PRIVACY NOTICE
This issue of Better Homes and Gardens is published by
Are Media Pty Limited (Are).
Are may use and disclose your information in
accordance with our Privacy Policy, including to provide
you with your requested products or services and to
keep you informed of other Are publications, products,
services and events. Our Privacy Policy is at www.
aremedia.com.au/privacy/. It also sets out how you can
access or correct your personal information and lodge a
complaint.
We disclose your personal information offshore to our
joint venture partners, service providers and agents. It is
not practicable to specify all countries to which we may
disclose your personal information. The countries your
personal information will be disclosed to include New
Zealand, the USA and the Philippines.
In addition, this issue may contain Reader Offers,
being offers, competitions or surveys. Reader Offers may
require you to provide personal information to enter or
to take part. Personal information collected for Reader
Offers may be disclosed by us to service providers
assisting Are in the conduct of the Reader Offer, and
to other organisations providing special prizes or offers
that are part of the Reader Offer. An opt-out choice is
provided with a Reader Offer. Unless you exercise that
opt-out choice, personal information collected for Reader
Offers may also be disclosed by us to other organisations
for use by them to inform you about other products,
services or events or to give to other organisations that
may use this information for this purpose.
If you require further information, please contact
Are’s Privacy Officer either by email at privacyofficer@
aremedia.com.au or mail at Privacy Officer, Are Media Pty
Limited, 54-58 Park Street, Sydney NSW 2000.
36+
PAGES
NEW-SEASON
PROJECTS
SEE, MAKE, LOVE!
KNIT & CROCHET
SPECIAL
2024
JUNE BHG
KNITTING AND CROCHET
KNITTING NEEDLES
AND CROCHET
HOOKS TO HAND?
YARN READY?
THESE COOLWEATHER MAKES
HAVE EVERYTHING
YOU NEED TO
GET THE FAM
THROUGH WINTER!
EASY KNITTING
PONCHO on parade
Casual meets chic in this cosy poncho,
which features easy-knit textured bands.
It will feel like you’re being wrapped up
in a warm hug! The poncho is worked in
Heirloom Merino Magic 10 ply, a so spun
100% wool yarn, proudly made in Australia.
Instructions on page 176
BHG JUNE
Country Crochet
Home
7 GORGEOUS CROCHET HOMEWARE DESIGNS
TO WARM ANY SPACE
Cleckheaton Country Crochet Home, booklet 3020 available now
Phone +61 3 5442 4673 for your nearest stockist
cleckheaton.com.au
/ausyarnco
@ausyarnco
INTERMEDIATE KNITTING
split side jumper
It may be winter, but you’ll sizzle in this
striking jumper with cheeky side splits.
It is kni ed in Cleckheaton Verve 12 ply,
a self-striping yarn, which means you
don’t have to change colours to achieve
the effect, nor do you have to bother
with the inevitable weaving in of the
ends! This jumper is kni ed in the
appropriately named colour ‘Blaze’, but
there are nine other shades to choose
from to suit your style preference.
Instructions on page 176
BHG JUNE
KNITTING AND CROCHET
EASY KNITTING
striped cushions
These cushions are great for
beginners to kni ing. Worked on
9mm needles and chunky co on
blend yarn, you’ll whip them up in no
time. So if you’re looking to learn, this
pa ern is the one to try. The contrast
colour stripes make this super-easy
knit a li le more interesting. Pair it
with the retro-inspired doily floor rug,
crocheted in colours to match.
Instructions on page 179
INTERMEDIATE CROCHET
RETRO FLOOR RUG
Instructions ON page 178
KNITTING AND CROCHET
INTERMEDIATE CROCHET
row by row cushion cover
Personalise your home with handmade
homewares such as crochet, which is
enjoying a revival. This cushion
cover is made using a colourful array
of Cleckheaton Country 8 ply,
a machine-washable 100% wool
yarn made in Victoria.
Instructions on page 179
INTERMEDIATE KNITTING
colour dip cardigan
Sporty and casual, you’ll love the
relaxed fit of this two-tone
knitted piece. Wear it to work,
to barbies, on your travels... this
cuddly and soft cardi will be
your number one go-to on cold
days and nights. And you can
proudly say ‘I made it’!
Instructions on page 180
MADE IN
AUSTRALIA
Heirloom Merino Magic
Chunky is spun from
premium wool. Soft, warm
and comfy, it’s ideal for
knitters who like quick
projects.
JUNE 2024 BHG 163
PATONS
JET 12 PLY
This divine scarf is
worked in Patons Jet
12 ply, a 70% wool/30%
alpaca blend yarn.
Sporting large pompom
accents, you can wear
it with all types of
attire.
EASY KNITTING
IT’S A WRAP TEXTURED scarf
Stay warm and look stylish with this
a ractive hand-kni ed scarf,
a feature of which is its double moss
stitch texture. It is worked over
a 4-row repeat pa ern, alternating
between knit and purl stitches. It’s
easier than it sounds.
Instructions on page 181
PROTECT
YOURSELF
FROM THE
CHILLY
WINDS OF
WINTER WITH
A HANDMADE
SCARF
BHG JUNE
KNITTING AND CROCHET
INTERMEDIATE KNITTING
cabled boot cuffs
A must-have fashion favourite! Get
cracking and make these cabled cuffs,
which are essentially worked up as
tubes – no tricky footwork shaping
required. Layer them with your fave pair
of jeans and you’ll keep warm in style.
These were kni ed in super so
Cleckheaton Midlands Merino 8 ply.
Instructions on page 181
KNITTING AND CROCHET
EASY CROCHET
emotion fringed throw
Are you looking for a quick and
colourful throw blanket to crochet
and cuddle up with once you’re
done? Look no more, for this wavy
treble crochet pattern is made
using a 9mm hook and Patons
Sierra Chunky, which comes in
10 beautiful colours, from
monochromatic to multi hues.
Here, we’ve used Nevada.
Instructions on page 182
THIS
GORGEOUS
BLANKET
WITH
TASSELLED
FRINGING
IS TOTALLY
WORTH
HOOKING!
JUNE 2024 BHG 167
KNITTING AND CROCHET
INTERMEDIATE KNITTING
Striped beanie, mitts
and scarf
Coats and jumpers may be the
obvious choice when it comes to
cold-weather dressing but beanies,
scarves and mitts are not to be
underestimated. Knitted in 100%
wool yarn, these small but mighty
accessories will keep you warm
when the temperature plummets.
What are you waiting for? Winter
will be upon us in no time, so get
cracking on this set.
Instructions on page 182
SHOW
OFF YOUR
STRIPES
These woollens are like
your mobile and wallet –
you’ll never want to leave
home without them, at
least during the harsh
winter months.
EASY KNITTING
adorable baby blanket
Heading out for a stroll? Keep your
baby snug with a beautiful handmade
baby blanket worked in luxurious
Patons Extra Fine Merino 8 ply yarn.
Cuddly, soft and featuring an intriguing
basket weave-like pattern, you’ll find
this blanket easy-to-knit, even if you are
a relative beginner.
Instructions on page 184
JUNE 2024 BHG 169
KNITTING AND CROCHET
EASY KNITTING
kids’ brilliant beanies
Keep your youngster warm and toasty
on wintry days with an easy-knit ribbed
beanie finished off with a cute and
playful pompom. Suitable for ages 4 to
12, you can knit the beanie in your
li le one’s fave colour combination.
Instructions on page 184
EASY KNITTING
baby and toddler vest or cardi
Kni ing miniature outfits is next-level
rewarding, be it for your own child,
a niece, nephew, grandchild or a friend’s
newborn. Perfect for a day out and
about, this vest and cardi set is worked
in popular self-striping Patons Big Baby
4ply in Earth Mix (vest) and Fairy
Garden Mix (cardigan).
Instructions on page 185
BHG JUNE
INTERMEDIATE KNITTING
relaxed RAGLAN JUMPER
Knit this warm and comfy high-neck
raglan jumper and you’ll soon discover
you can pair it with your choice of
trousers – casual jeans, sporty cargos
or smart slim or dressier wide-leg pants
– for a look that is beyond chic. It’s
worked in a dappled, light and lo y 12 ply
yarn, and without an intricate pa ern to
follow, you can be confident it will be
finished quick as a flash (well almost!).
Instructions on page 186
THIS LUSH
HIGH-NECK
JUMPER IS
A TIMELESS
COLDWEATHER
CLASSIC!
EASY KNITTING
Tactile JUMPER
Turn up the texture with this classic
pullover featuring repeated sets of
pa erned bands. It offers a relaxed
look that effortlessly pairs with chinos
or jeans. Here, it is kni ed in Heirloom
Merino Magic 8 ply in Denim, but
there are a number of other neutral
and vibrant hues to pick from.
Instructions on page 187
KNITTING AND CROCHET
INTERMEDIATE KNITTING
cableD beanie
Knit this a ention-grabbing beanie and
zhoosh up your winter wardrobe. Worked
in Cleckheaton Verve 12 ply in Wildflowers,
you’ll find it a simple way to add a pop of
colour to a plain outfit. To keep the look
streamlined, opt for clothing that matches
one of the hues in the beanie.
Instructions on page 188
ADVANCED KNITTING
COLOUR BLOCK CARDI
This wool cardi with its delicious colour
combos will be a huge hit with the kids. At
the same time, it gives you an opportunity
to master a variety of kni ing stitches.
The pa ern will fit toddlers through
to tweens (from ages 4 to 12).
Instructions on page 188
JUNE BHG
KNITTING AND CROCHET
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
yarns specified in the pa erns.
Other yarns are likely to
produce different results.
• Using specified yarn, make a
15cm tension square. Use pins
or tape to mark a 10cm square
inside edges and count the
number of stitches and rows in
the space. Check against
tension recommended in your
pa ern. If fewer stitches, use
smaller needles to rework
swatch until correct; if more
stitches, rework swatch with
larger needles.
• Check ball bands to ensure all
yarn of same colour is from
same dye lot, and for care
instructions.
• Don’t press projects when
done, unless otherwise
specified.
• Australian abbreviations are
used throughout instructions.
SKILL LEVELS
EASY
For those with some kni ing
and crochet experience.
• Simple pa erns with basic
shaping using repetitive stitch
pa erns.
• Shaping in easy pa erns.
• Simple pa erns suitable for
first-time pa ern workers.
• Decreasing in pa ern.
CROCHET
ABBREVIATIONS
approx = approximately;
beg = begin/ning; ch = chain;
cont = continue; dc = double
crochet; dtr = double treble;
foll/s = follows/following;
foundation ch = length of ch at
beg to work sts into; htr = half
treble; lp = loop/s; pa = pa ern;
rep = repeat/ing; sl st = slip stitch;
sp/s = space/s; st/s = stitch/es;
tog = together; tr = treble; turning
ch = 1 or more ch worked at
beginning of a row or round;
yoh = yarn over hook.
INTERMEDIATE
For those confident in kni ing
and crochet.
• Textured pa erns.
• Cables.
• Shaping in pa ern.
BEFORE YOU START
• Quantities and project
measurements are
approximate. These projects
have been designed for the
ADVANCED
For experienced kni ers,
skilled in complex pa erns.
A greater level of kni ing
knowledge is assumed.
INTERMEDIATE CROCHET
chunky chain throw
You won’t believe how quickly you’ll finish this throw with its ‘chain’
effect. How come? Well it’s worked with 2 strands of Patons Co on
Blend 8 ply using a 7mm crochet hook, so it grows fast. As soon as
you’ve finished one colour band, you’ll want to get onto the next.
Instructions on page 191
BHG JUNE
Photography courtesy of The Australian Yarn Company. Due to the printing process, colour reproduction is a guide only.
KNITTING ABBREVIATIONS
alt = alternate; approx =
approximately; beg = begin/
ning; cont = continue;
dec = decrease/decreasing;
excl = excluding; foll/s = follows/
following; garter st = every row
knit; inc = increase/increasing;
incl = including/inclusive;
k = knit; p = purl; pa = pa ern;
psso = pass slipped st over;
rem = remain/ing; rep = repeat/
ing; sl = slip; st/s = stitch/es;
stocking st = knit 1 row, purl
1 row; tbl = through back of loop;
tog = together; ybk = yarn back;
y = yarn front; yfwd = yarn
forward (bring yarn under
needle then over into kni ing
position again, making a st);
yon = yarn over needle (take
yarn over top of needle into
kni ing position, making a st);
yrn = yarn round needle (take
yarn right around needle into
purling position, making a st).
INTERMEDIATE KNITTING
INTARSIA scarf
It looks fancy, but this colour-blocked
kni ed scarf is one of the easiest you’ll
ever make as it’s worked in garter stitch
(knit every row). The only technique
you’ll need to master is how to change
yarn colours in the middle of each row.
But the Intarsia Woolwind diagram on
page 193 has it covered. The pompoms
are the icing on the ‘cake’ so to speak.
Instructions on page 192
KNITTING AND CROCHET
Poncho (worked in 1 piece)
Using 5mm circular needle,
cast on 143 (161-179) sts.
NOTE A circular needle is
used to accommodate the
large number of sts. Work
backwards and forwards in
rows.
Work 3 rows garter st (every
row knit, 1st row is wrong side).
PONCHO ON PARADE
Beg vertical textured bands
Skill Easy kni ing
NOTE To keep edges neat,
join a new ball 3 sts in from the
edge. The ends can then be
sewn in vertically.
Measurements
Sizes S-M (L, XL-XXL) To fit
chest 90-100 (100-110,
110-120)cm Actual Size
approx 150 (170, 190)cm
Length when worn approx
82 (84, 86)cm
1st row – Knit.
2nd row – K3, P16, (K3, P3)
4 times, purl to last 40 sts,
(K3, P3) 4 times, P13, K3.
3rd row – K19, (P3, K3) 4 times,
knit to last 40 sts, (P3, K3)
4 times, K16.
4th row – K3, purl to last 3 sts,
K3.
5th row – K22, (P3, K3)
3 times, knit to last 37 sts, (P3,
K3) 3 times, K19.
6th row – K3, P19, (K3, P3)
3 times, purl to last 37 sts, (K3,
P3) 3 times, P16, K3.
Last 6 rows form pa for
vertical textured bands.
Work a further 69 (75-81) rows
pa , ending with a 3rd pa
row.
Gather your supplies
HEIRLOOM MERINO
MAGIC 10 PLY 50g: 19 (23,
27) balls Denim (6505); 5mm
circular kni ing needle
(80-100cm long)
Tension
19 sts and 24 rows to 10cm
over stocking st, using 5mm
needles. Correct tension is
not essential for this poncho,
however, measurements and
yarn quantities are based on
this tension.
PONCHO ON PARADE
First horizontal textured
band
1st row – (wrong side) – K3,
purl to last 3 sts, K3.
2nd row – K22, * P3, K3, rep
from * to last 19 sts, knit to
end.
3rd row – K3, P19, * K3, P3, rep
from * to last 19 sts, P16, K3.
4th row – Knit.
5th row – K3, P16, * K3, P3, rep
from * to last 16 sts, P13, K3.
6th row – K19, * P3, K3, rep
from * to last 16 sts, knit to
end.
Last 6 rows form pa for
horizontal textured band.
Work a further 18 rows pa .
Beg untextured section
1st row – K3, purl to last 3 sts,
K3.
2nd row – Knit.
Rep last 2 rows 11 times, then
1st row once.
Beg back section
1st row – Cast on 99 (102-105)
sts, knit to end.
2nd row – Cast on 99 (102-105)
sts, knit these 99 (102-105) sts,
purl to last 99 (102-105) sts,
knit to end … 341 (365-389) sts.
3rd row – Knit.
4th row – K99 (102-105) sts,
purl to last 99 (102-105) sts,
knit to end.
5th row – Knit.
6th row – K3, purl to last 3 sts,
K3.
Rep last 2 rows 10 times.
Join
Cast-off edge
72 (77-82) cm
Cast-on edge
Cast-on edge
Cast-on edge
KEY
= Centre Back seam
= Coloured thread
BHG JUNE
72 (77-82) cm
Second horizontal textured
band
Work 24 rows as for first
horizontal textured band,
beg with a 4th pa row.
Beg vertical textured
bands
Working in pa for vertical
textured bands (as before),
cont until work measures
52 (54-56)cm from Back
section cast on, ending with
a wrong side row.
Cast off loosely.
To make up
Following diagram (see
bo om le ), measure
72 (77-82)cm from each side
on cast-off end and tie a
coloured thread. Leaving
centre free for head opening
(between coloured thread
markers), fold in half and.
using Ma ress stitch (page
192). join cast-off edge to form
back seam. Sew in ends.
SPLIT SIDE JUMPER
Skill Intermediate kni ing
Measurements
Sizes S (M, L, XL, XXL) To fit
chest 80 (90, 100, 110, 120)cm
Actual size 100 (110, 120,
130,140)cm Length back
65 (66, 67, 68, 69)cm Length
front 62 (63, 64, 65, 66)cm
Sleeve length 39cm (all sizes)
Gather your supplies
CLECKHEATON VERVE 12
PLY 50g: 9 (10, 11, 12, 13) balls
Blaze (8701); 1 pair each
4.5mm and 5.5mm kni ing
needles; 4.5mm circular
kni ing needle (40cm long) or
size needed to give correct
tension; 3 stitch-holders; wool
needle for sewing seams
Tension
16 sts and 22 rows to 10cm
over stocking st using 5.5mm
needles. To work a tension
square, using 5.5mm needles,
cast on 24 sts. Work 32 rows
stocking st. Cast off loosely.
Check your tension carefully
(page 193). If fewer sts to 10cm
use smaller needles,
or if more sts, use larger
needles.
Special abbreviation
ssk = slip, slip, knit decrease
– Slip next 2 sts knitways one
at a time to right needle and
knit them tog to dec one st
(image, below right).
Back
Using 4.5mm needles, cast on
72 (80-88-96-104) sts.
NOTE Slip all sts at beg of
rows purlways.
1st row – Sl 1, (P1, K1) 4 times,
P2, * K2, P2, rep from * to last
9 sts, K1, (P1, K1) 4 times.
2nd row – Sl 1, ybk, (K1, P1)
4 times, K2, * P2, K2, rep
from * to last 9 sts, P1, (K1, P1)
4 times.
Rep last 2 rows 15 times …
32 rows rib in total.
Change to 5.5mm needles.
Next row – Sl 1, (P1, K1) 4 times,
knit to last 8 sts, (P1, K1)
4 times.
Next row – Sl 1, ybk, (K1, P1)
4 times, purl to last 8 sts, (K1,
P1) 4 times.
Rep last 2 rows once.
Next row – Sl 1, (P1, K1) 4 times,
M1 (page 192), knit to last
9 sts, M1, K1, (P1, K1) 4 times …
74 (82-90-98-106) sts.
Maintaining rib patt at each
edge as established, inc one st
(as before) at each end of
every foll 10th row until there
are 80 (88-96-104-112) sts.
Cont without further shaping
until Back measures 33cm
from beg, ending with a wrong
side row.
Next row – Cast on one st
(seam st – see page 193),
knit to end.
Next row – Cast on one st
(seam st), purl to end …
82 (90-98-106-114) sts.
Cont in stocking st until Back
measures 43cm from beg,
ending with a purl row.
Shape armholes
1st row – K1, (P1, K1) 4 times,
ssk, knit to last 11 sts, K2tog, K1,
(P1, K1) 4 times … 80 (88-96104-112) sts.
2nd row – (P1, K1) 4 times, purl
to last 8 sts, (K1, P1) 4 times.
Maintaining rib patt at each
edge as established, dec one
st (as before) at each end of
next row, then in every foll alt
row until 76 (82-90-98-98) sts
rem, then in every foll 4th row
until 74 (80-86-92-94) sts rem.
Work 27 (27-27-25-23) rows.
Shape diagonal shoulders
and back neck
1st row – Cast off 3 (3-3-4-4)
sts, patt to last 2 sts, patt 2tog
… 70 (76-82-87-89) sts.
Rep last row 1 (5-5-3-3) times …
66 (56-62-72-74) sts.
Sizes S, XL and XXL only –
Next row – Cast off 2 (3-3) sts,
patt to last 2 sts, patt 2tog.
Rep last row 3 (1-1) times.
All sizes... 54 (56-62-64-66)
sts.
Next row – Cast off 2 (2-3-3-3)
sts, K12 (12-13-14-14) including
st already on needle after
casting off, turn to divide for
neck.
Cont on these 12 (12-13-14-14)
sts for right side of back neck.
Next row – P2tog, purl to last
2 sts, P2tog ... 10 (10-11-12-12)
sts.
Next row – Cast off 2 (2-3-3-3)
sts, knit to last 2 sts, K2tog …
7 (7-7-8-8) sts.
Next row – Purl to last 2 sts,
P2tog.
Next row – Cast off 2 (2-2-3-3)
sts, knit to last 2 sts, K2tog ...
3 sts.
Next row – P1, P2tog, turn,
K2tog. Fasten off.
Slip next 13 (14-15-15-16) sts
onto stitch-holder, then slip
foll 13 (14-15-15-16) sts onto 2nd
stitch-holder and leave both
for split neckband.
With right side facing, join
yarn to rem 14 (14-16-17-17) sts,
knit to last 2 sts, K2tog.
Cont on these 13 (13-15-16-16)
sts for left side of back neck.
Next row – Cast off 2 (2-3-3-3)
sts, purl to last 2 sts, P2tog ...
10 (10-11-12-12) sts.
Next row – K2tog, knit to last
2 sts, K2tog … 8 (8-9-10-10) sts.
Next row – Cast off 2 (2-3-3-3)
sts, purl to end… (6-6-7-7) sts.
Next row – K2tog, knit to last
2 sts, K2tog … 4 (4-4-5-5) sts.
Next row – Cast off 2 (2-2-3-3)
sts, purl to end.
Next row – K2tog, fasten off.
Front
Using 4.5mm needles, cast on
72 (80-88-96-104) sts.
1st row – Sl 1, (P1, K1) 4 times,
P2, * K2, P2, rep from * to last
9 sts, K1, (P1, K1) 4 times.
2nd row – Sl 1, ybk, (K1, P1)
4 times, K2, * P2, K2, rep
from * to last 9 sts, P1, (K1, P1)
4 times.
Rep last 2 rows 11 times …
24 rows rib in total.
Change to 5.5mm needles.
Next row – Sl 1, (P1, K1) 4 times,
knit to last 8 sts, (P1, K1)
4 times.
Next row – Sl 1, ybk, (K1, P1)
4 times, purl to last 8 sts, (K1,
P1) 4 times.
Rep last 2 rows once.
Next row – Sl 1, (P1, K1) 4 times,
M1, knit to last 9 sts, M1, K1, (P1,
K1) 4 times … 74 (82-90-98
-106) sts.
Maintaining rib patt at each
edge as established, inc one st
(as before) at each end of
every foll 10th row until there
are 80 (88-96-104-112) sts.
Cont without further shaping
until Front measures 30cm
from beg, ending with a wrong
side row.
Next row – Cast on one st
(seam st), knit to end.
Next row – Cast on one st
(seam st), purl to end … 82 (90
-98-106-114) sts.
Cont in stocking st until Front
measures 40cm from beg,
ending with a purl row.
Shape armholes
1st row – K1, (P1, K1) 4 times,
ssk, knit to last 11 sts, K2tog, K1,
(P1, K1) 4 times … 80 (88-96104-112) sts.
2nd row – (P1, K1) 4 times, purl
to last 8 sts, (K1, P1) 4 times.
Maintaining rib patt at each
edge as established, dec one
st (as before) at each end of
next row, then in every foll alt
row until 76 (82-90-98-98) sts
rem, then in every foll 4th row
until 74 (80-86-92-94) sts rem.
Work 25 (25-23-21-17) rows.
Shape neck
1st row – K29 (31-34-37-38),
turn to divide for neck.
Cont on these 29 (31-34-37
-38) sts for left side of neck.
Dec one st at neck edge in
next 2 rows, then in every foll
alt row 6 (6-7-7-8) times …
21 (23-25-28-28) sts.
Tie a coloured thread at beg
of last row to mark shoulder
point.
Shape diagonal shoulder
NOTE Shoulder shaping
slopes opposite direction
from Back.
1st row (wrong side) – Cast off
2 (2-2-3-3) sts, patt to end.
2nd row – Patt to last 2 sts,
K2tog.
3rd row – Cast off 2 (2-3-3-3)
sts, patt to end.
Rep last 2 rows 3 (1-4-2-2)
times, then 2nd row once …
6 (14-2-12-12) sts.
Sizes S, M, XL and XXL only
Next row – Cast off 3 (3-4-4)
sts, patt to end.
Next row – Patt to last 2 sts,
K2tog.
SSK – DECREASE 1
STITCH
Slip next 2 stitches knitways one
at a time to right needle.
Insert left needle into these
2 stitches from left to right and
knit together to decrease one st.
JUNE 2024 BHG 177
KNITTING AND CROCHET
Rep last 2 rows 0 (2-1-1) times.
All sizes … 2 sts.
Next row – P2, turn, K2tog.
Fasten off.
Slip next 16 (18-18-18-18) sts
onto stitch-holder and leave
for Split Neckband.
With right side facing, join
yarn to rem 29 (31-34-37-38)
sts for right side of neck and
pa to end.
Dec one st at neck edge in
next 2 rows, then in every foll
alt row 6 (6-7-7-8) times …
21 (23-25-28-28) sts.
Tie a coloured thread at end
of last row to mark shoulder
point.
Work 1 row.
Shape diagonal shoulder
1st row – Cast off 2 (2-2-3-3)
sts, pa to end.
2nd row – Pa to last 2 sts,
P2tog.
3rd row – Cast off 2 (2-3-3-3)
sts, pa to end.
Rep last 2 rows 3 (1-4-2-2)
times, then 2nd row once…
6 (14-2-12-12) sts.
Sizes S, M, XL and XXL only
Next row – Cast off 3 (3-4-4)
sts, pa to end.
Next row – Pa to last 2 sts,
P2tog.
Rep last 2 rows 0 (2-1-1) times.
All sizes … 2 sts.
Next row – K2tog. Fasten off.
Sleeves
Using 4.5mm needles cast on
42 (46-46-46-50) sts.
1st row – K2, * P2, K2, rep from
* to end.
2nd row – P2, * K2, P2, rep
from * to end.
Rep last 2 rows 9 times …
20 rows rib in total.
Change to 5.5mm needles.
Work 4 rows stocking st.
Next row – K2, M1, knit to
last 2 sts, M1, K2 … 44 (48-4848-52) sts.
Inc one st (as before) at each
end of every foll 10th (8th-6th
-4th-4th) row until there are
48 (52-64-64-74) sts, then in
every foll 12th (10th-8th
-6th-6th) row until there are
54 (60-66-72-78) sts.
BHG JUNE
Cont without further shaping
until Sleeve measures 39cm
from beg, ending with a purl
row.
Shape top
Dec one st at each end of next
row, then in every foll alt row
until 38 (44-48-52-58) sts rem,
then in every row until 24 (2630-34-36) sts rem.
Cast off loosely.
Split neckband
Using Ma ress stitch (page
192), join shoulder seams.
With right side facing, using
4.5mm circular needle and
beg at centre back, knit across
sts from le back neck
stitch-holder, knit up 6 sts
evenly along le side of back
neck to shoulder seam, knit
up 13 (13-16-16-17) sts evenly
along le side of front neck,
knit across sts from front neck
stitch-holder, knit up 13 (13-1616-17) sts evenly along right
side of front neck to shoulder
seam, knit up 6 sts evenly
along right side of back neck,
knit across sts from right back
stitch-holder … 80 (84-9292-96) sts.
NOTE A circular needle is
used for ease of working.
Work backwards and
forwards in rows.
1st row (wrong side) – Sl 1, P2,
* K2, P2, rep from * to last st,
P1.
2nd row – Sl 1, ybk, K2, * P2,
K2, rep from * to last st, K1.
Rep last 2 rows 9 times, then
1st row once.
Cast off loosely in rib.
To make up
Placing centre of sleeve
top to coloured threads at
shoulder points, sew in
sleeves evenly. Join the
sleeve and side seams, leaving
lower edge below the seam
stitch open. Join split
neckband at lower edge for
2cm, leaving remainder of
edge open.
RETRO FLOOR RUG
Skill Intermediate crochet
Measurement
Approx 110cm dia
Gather your supplies
PANDA SOFT COTTON
CHUNKY 100g: 2 balls each
Marigold (14) and Optical
White (3), and 3 balls each
Amber (6) and Navy (8); 10mm
crochet hook; wool needle for
sewing in ends
Tension
First 2 rounds measure 12cm
across, using 10mm hook.
Correct tension is not
essential for this floor rug,
however, measurement and
yarn quantities are based on
this tension.
Floor rug
Using 10mm hook and
Marigold, make 4ch and
join with a sl st in first ch to
make a ring.
1st round – 3ch (counts as first
tr throughout), 11tr in ring,
using Optical White join with
sl st in 3rd ch at beg … 12tr.
2nd round – 3ch, 1tr in same st
as sl st, 2tr in each tr to end,
using Amber join with sl st in
3rd ch at beg … 24tr.
3rd round – 1ch, (1dc, 3ch, 1dc)
in same st as sl st, 4ch, miss
2tr, * (1dc, 3ch, 1dc) in next tr,
4ch, miss 2tr, rep from * to
end, join with sl st in first dc,
using Navy sl st in 3ch sp.
4th round – 3ch, (1tr, 3ch, 2tr)
in same 3ch sp, miss 4ch sp,
(2tr, 3ch, 2tr) in each 3ch sp to
end, using Marigold join with
sl st in 3rd ch at beg.
5th round – 3ch, 1tr in next tr,
(2tr, 3ch, 2tr) in 3ch sp, * 1tr in
each of next 4tr, (2tr, 3ch, 2tr)
in next 3ch sp, rep from * to
last 2tr, 1tr in each of last 2tr,
join with sl st in 3rd ch at beg,
sl st in each of next 3tr, using
Optical White sl st in 3ch sp.
6th round – 1ch, 1dc in same
3ch sp, * 4ch, miss 3tr, 1tr in
next tr, 2ch, 1tr in next tr, 4ch,
miss 3tr, 1dc in next 3ch sp, rep
from * to last 4tr, 4ch, miss 3tr,
1tr in next tr, 2ch, 1tr in top of
3ch at beg of previous round,
4ch, join with sl st in first dc,
sl st in 4ch sp.
7th round – 3ch, 4tr in same
4ch sp, * 2tr in next 2ch sp, 5tr
in each of next two 4ch sps,
rep from * to last 2ch sp, 2tr in
last 2ch sp, 5tr in last 4ch sp,
using Amber join with sl st in
3rd ch at beg … 96tr.
8th round – 6ch, miss 2tr, * 1tr
in next tr, 3ch, miss 2tr, rep
from * to end, join with sl st
in 3rd of 6ch at beg, sl st in
3ch sp.
9th round – 3ch, (2tr, 3ch, 3tr)
in same 3ch sp, 1tr in next 3ch
sp, * (3tr, 3ch, 3tr) in next 3ch
sp, 1tr in next 3ch sp, rep from
* to end, join with sl st in 3rd
ch at beg, sl st in each of next
2tr, using Navy sl st in 3ch sp.
10th round – 3ch, (2tr, 3ch,
3tr) in same 3ch sp, miss 3tr,
1tr in next tr, * (3tr, 3ch, 3tr) in
next 3ch sp, miss 3tr, 1tr in
next tr, rep from * to end, join
with sl st in 3rd ch at beg, sl st
in each of next 2tr, using
Marigold sl st in 3ch sp.
11th round – 3ch, (2tr, 3ch, 3tr)
in same 3ch sp, 2ch, miss 3tr,
1dtr in next tr, 2ch, * (3tr, 3ch,
3tr) in next 3ch sp, 2ch, miss
3tr, 1dtr in next tr, 2ch, rep
from * to end, join with sl st in
3rd ch at beg, sl st in each of
next 2tr, using Optical White
sl st in 3ch sp.
12th round – 3ch, (2tr, 3ch, 3tr)
in same 3ch sp, 3ch, miss 3tr,
1dtr in next dtr, 3ch, * (3tr, 3ch,
3tr) in next 3ch sp, 3ch, miss
3tr, 1dtr in next dtr, 3ch, rep
from * to end, join with sl st in
3rd ch at beg, sl st in each of
next 2tr, using Amber sl st in
3ch sp.
13th round – 1ch, 1dc in same
3ch sp, (3ch, 1tr in next 3ch sp)
twice, * 3ch, 1dc in next 3ch sp,
(3ch, 1tr in next 3ch sp) twice,
rep from * to end, 3ch, join
with sl st in first dc.
14th round – 3ch, 3tr in next
3ch sp, * 1tr in next st, 3tr in
next 3ch sp, rep from * to end,
using Navy join with sl st in 3rd
ch at beg … 192tr.
15th round – 3ch, 1tr in each tr
to end, using Marigold join
with sl st in 3rd ch at beg.
16th round – 3ch, 1tr in same st
as sl st, 1tr in each of next 11tr,
* 2tr in next tr, 1tr in each of
next 11tr, rep from * to end,
using Optical White join with
sl st in 3rd ch at beg … 208tr.
17th round – 3ch, 1tr in same st
as sl st, 1tr in each of next 12tr,
* 2tr in next tr, 1tr in each of
next 12tr, rep from * to end,
using Amber join with sl st in
3rd ch at beg … 224tr.
18th round – 3ch, 1tr in same
st as sl st, 1tr in each of next
13tr, * 2tr in next tr, 1tr in each
of next 13tr, rep from * to end,
using Navy join with sl st in 3rd
ch at beg … 240tr.
19th round – 3ch, 1tr in same st
as sl st, 1tr in each of next 14tr,
* 2tr in next tr, 1tr in each of
next 14tr, rep from * to end,
join with sl st in 3rd ch at beg …
256tr.
20th round – 1ch, 1dc in same
st as sl st, 1ch, miss 1tr, 1dc in
next tr, miss 2tr, * 5tr in next tr,
miss 2tr, 1dc in next tr, 1ch,
miss 1tr, 1dc in next tr, miss 2tr,
rep from * to last 3tr, 5tr in
next tr, join with sl st in first dc.
Fasten off.
colours when working stripes
but carry colour not in use
loosely along side edge until
needed again, catching in on
alt rows (page 193).
STRIPED CUSHIONS
Skill Easy kni ing
Measurements
To fit cushion approx
65 x 65cm
Gather your supplies
PANDA SOFT COTTON
CHUNKY 100g: Colourway 1
6 balls Main colour (M) Navy
(8) and 1 ball Contrast colour
(C) Optical White (3),
Colourway 2 6 balls Main
colour (M) Marigold (14) and
1 ball Contrast colour (C)
Optical White (3); 1 pair 9mm
kni ing needles or size to give
correct tension; 65 x 65cm
cushion insert; wool needle
for sewing seams
Tension
9.5 sts and 14 rows to 10cm
over stocking st, using 9mm
needles. To work a tension
square, using 9mm needles,
cast on 14 sts. Work 21 rows
stocking st (knit 1 row, purl
1 row). Cast off loosely. Check
tension carefully (page 193). If
there are fewer sts to 10cm,
use smaller needles, if more
sts use larger needles.
NOTE This cushion cover is
worked on smaller needles
than usually recommended
for this yarn.
Cushion cover
(make 2 pieces)
Using 9mm needles and M,
cast on 58 sts.
Beg stripe pa
NOTE Do not break off
Working in stocking st (knit
1 row, purl 1 row), work 8 rows
M then 2 rows C.
Last 10 rows form stripe pa .
Work a further 40 rows …
50 rows in total.
Using M for rem, cont until
Cover measures approx
60cm from beg, ending with
a purl row.
Cast off loosely.
To make up
Using Ma ress stitch (page
192), join 3 edges together,
matching stripes. Place
cushion insert inside
and join remaining edge.
ROW BY ROW
CUSHION COVER
Skill Intermediate crochet
Measurements
To fit cushion approx 50 x
50cm
Gather your supplies
CLECKHEATON COUNTRY
8 PLY 50g: 6 balls Sailboat
Blue (2389); 1 ball each Lotus
(2395), Splice (2314), Coral
Haze (2367), Blossom (2376),
Cream (0050), Plum (2381),
Misty Blue (2390), Almond
(2365), Sea Green (2366) and
So Green (1962) and
CLECKHEATON COUNTRY
NATURALS 8 PLY 50g: 1 ball
Bu er (1846); 4mm crochet
hook or size needed to give
correct tension; 50x 50cm
cushion insert; wool needle
for sewing in ends.
Tension
16 sts and 20 rows to 10cm
over pa , using 4mm hook. To
work a tension square, using
4mm hook, make 2ch. Work
Foundation dc row until there
are 24dc, then 30 rows pa as
for Front. Fasten off. Check
your tension carefully (see
page 194). If fewer sts to 10cm
use smaller hook, if more sts
use larger hook.
NOTE If your tension is loose
(fewer sts than specified in
10cm) your cover will be larger
and you may need more yarn
and a larger insert. If it is tight
(more sts than specified in
10cm) your cover will be a
firmer fit.
Front
Using 4mm hook and Bu er,
make 2ch.
Foundation dc row (page
194) – Miss 1ch, insert hook
in 2nd ch, yoh and draw lp
through, yoh and draw
through 1 lp (ch made), yoh
and draw through 2 lps (dc
made), * insert hook in ch
made, yoh and draw lp
through, yoh and draw
through 1 lp (ch made), yoh
and draw through 2 lps (dc
made), rep from * 72 times ...
74dc.
Beg pa
NOTE Work all sl sts in pa
very loosely.
1st row – 1ch (does not count
as a st throughout), sl st in first
dc, * 1htr in next dc, sl st in
next dc, rep from * to last dc,
1htr in last dc ... 74 sts.
NOTE When changing colour,
work in old colour until final
yoh, then use new colour to
complete st (page 194).
Using Lotus, 2nd row – 1ch,
sl st in first htr, * 1htr in next sl
JUNE BHG
KNITTING AND CROCHET
st, sl st in next htr, rep from
* to last sl st, 1htr in last sl st ...
74 sts.
Last row forms pa .
Work 1 row.
Working in 2 row stripes in
order of: Sailboat Blue, Splice,
Coral Haze, Blossom, Cream,
Plum, Misty Blue, Almond,
Sea Green, So Green,
Bu er, then Lotus, cont in pa
until Front measures approx
46cm from beg, ending with
a complete stripe. Fasten off.
Back
Work as for Front, using
Sailboat Blue throughout.
To make up
With wrong sides of Front and
Back tog, Front facing and
using 4mm hook, join Sailboat
Blue with a sl st through both
Front and Back in any corner.
Joining round – 1ch, 1dc
through both thicknesses
evenly around 3 side edges,
place cushion insert inside
and cont along rem edge, join
with sl st in back lp only of first
dc at beg.
Next round – 1ch, 1dc in back
lp only of same dc as sl st, * 1dc
in back lp only of each dc to
corner, 3dc in back lp only of
corner dc, rep from * 3 times,
omi ing final 3dc and working
2dc in same dc as first dc at
beg, do not join.
Next round – * 1dc in front lp
only of each dc in Joining
round to corner, 3dc in front
lp only of same corner dc as
last round, rep from * 3 times,
omi ing final 3dc and working
2dc in same dc as first dc at
beg, join with sl st in both dc at
beg of last 2 rounds.
Next round – Sl st through
both sts of last 2 rounds of dc
to end. Fasten off.
BHG JUNE
COLOUR DIP CARDI
Skill Intermediate kni ing
Measurements
Sizes S (M, L, XL, XXL) To fit
chest 80 (90, 100, 110,120)cm
Actual size 104 (114, 124, 134,
144)cm Length approx 76 (77,
78, 79, 80)cm Sleeve length
46cm (all sizes)
Gather your supplies
HEIRLOOM MERINO
MAGIC CHUNKY 125g: 3 (3,
3, 3, 4) balls 1st Colour (C1) Ink
(6507) and 6 (6, 7, 7, 8) balls,
2nd Colour (C2) Tutu Pink
(6573); 1 pair each 6.5mm and
6mm kni ing needles or size
needed to give correct
tension; wool needle for
sewing seams; 6 bu ons.
Tension
13.5 sts and 19 rows to 10cm
over stocking st, using 6.5mm
needles. To work a tension
square, using 6.5mm needles,
cast on 21 sts. Work 26 rows
stocking st. Cast off loosely.
Check your tension carefully
(page 193). If fewer sts to 10cm
use smaller needles, if more
sts use larger needles.
Back
Using 6mm needles and C1,
cast on 73 (79-87-93-99) sts.
Beg rib band
1st row – K2, * P1, K1, rep from
* to last st, K1.
2nd row – K1, * P1, K1, rep from
* to end.
Rep last 2 rows 3 times …
8 rows rib in total.
Change to 6.5mm needles.
Work 26 rows stocking st (beg
with a knit row).
Change to C2 for rem.
Work 56 rows stocking st
(ending with a purl row).
4th-4th-alt) row 1 (2-1-1-2)
times … 34 (37-40-44-47) sts.
Work 3 rows.
Shape armholes
Cast off 4 (5-6-6-7) sts at
beg of next 2 rows … 65 (6975-81-85) sts.
3rd row – K1, K2tog, knit to last
3 sts, sl 1, K1, psso, K1.
4th row – Purl.
Rep last 2 rows 3 (4-5-6-7)
times … 57 (59-63-67-69) sts.
Work 28 (26-26-26-26) rows.
Shape armhole
1st row – Cast off 4 (5-6-6-7)
sts, knit to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1
… 29 (31-33-37-39) sts.
Work 1 row.
3rd row – K1, K2tog, knit to
end … 28 (30-32-36-38) sts.
Dec one st (as before) at
armhole edge in every foll alt
row 3 (4-5-6-7) times, AT
SAME TIME dec one st (as
before) at front edge in 2nd
row once, then in every foll
4th row 2 (5-4-6-8) times, then
in every foll 6th row 4 (2-3-2-1)
times … 18 (18-19-21-21) sts.
Work 1 row.
Shape back neck and
shoulders
1st row – Cast off 6 (6-6-7-7)
sts, K14 (14-15-16-16) including
st already on right needle
a er casting off, cast off next
17 (19-21-21-23) sts loosely, knit
to end.
Cont on last 20 (20-21-23-23)
sts for le side of back neck.
2nd row – Cast off 6 (6-6-7-7)
sts, purl to last 2 sts, P2tog.
3rd row – K2tog, knit to end.
4th row – Cast off 6 (6-6-7-7)
sts, purl to end.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 6 (6-7-7-7) sts.
With wrong side facing, join
C2 to rem 14 (14-15-16-16) sts
for right side of back neck.
2nd row – P2tog, purl to end.
3rd row – Cast off 6 (6-6-7-7)
sts, knit to last 2 sts, K2tog.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 6 (6-7-7-7) sts.
Left front
Using 6mm needles and C1,
cast on 37 (41-43-47-51) sts.
Work 8 rows rib as for Back.
Change to 6.5mm needles.
Work 26 rows stocking st (beg
with a knit row).
Change to C2 for rem.
Work 46 rows stocking st
(ending with a purl row). **
Shape front slope
1st row – Knit to last 3 sts,
K2tog, K1 … 36 (40-42-46-50)
sts.
Work 1 row.
Dec one st (inside one st, as
before) at front edge in next
row, then in every foll 4th (alt-
Shape shoulder
Cast off 6 (6-6-7-7) sts at beg
of next row and foll alt row.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 6 (6-7-7-7) sts.
Right front
Work as for Le Front to **.
Shape front slope
1st row – K1, sl 1, K1, psso, knit
to end … 36 (40-42-46-50) sts.
Dec one st (as before) at front
edge in every foll alt row 1 (31-1-3) times, then in every foll
4th row 2 (1-2-2-1) times …
33 (36-39-43-46) sts.
Shape armhole
1st row (wrong side) – Cast off
4 (5-6-6-7) sts, purl to end …
29 (31-33-37-39) sts.
2nd row – Knit to last 3 sts, sl 1,
K1, psso, K1 … 28 (30-32-36-38)
sts.
Dec one st (as before) at front
edge in 2nd row once, then in
every foll 4th row 2 (5-4-6-8)
times, then in every foll 6th
row 4 (2-3-2-1) times, AT SAME
TIME dec one st (as before) at
armhole edge in every foll alt
row 3 (4-5-6-7) times … 18 (1819-21-21) sts.
Work 2 rows.
Shape shoulder
Cast off 6 (6-6-7-7) sts at beg
of next row and foll alt row.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 6 (6-7-7-7) sts.
Sleeves
Using 6mm needles and C1,
cast on 37 (39-39-39-41) sts.
Work 10 rows rib as for Back.
Change to 6.5mm needles.
Work 2 rows stocking st.
3rd row – K1, M1 (page 192),
knit to last st, M1, K1 … 39
(41-41-41-43) sts.
Cont in stocking st, inc one st
(as before) at each end of
every foll 12th (8th-6th-4th
-4th) row until there are 41
(45-47-51-53) sts.
Work 9 (5-3-1-1) rows.
Change to C2 for rem.
Inc one st (as before) at each
end of 5th (5th-3rd-5th-3rd)
row once, then in every foll
14th (10th-8th-6th-4th) row
until there are 47 (53-57-63
-65) sts, size XXL only – then
in every foll 6th row twice.
All sizes … 47 (53-57-63-69)
sts.
Cont without further shaping
until Sleeve measures 46cm
from beg, ending with a purl
row.
Shape top
Cast off 2 (3-3-3-4) sts at beg
of next 2 rows … 43 (47-5157-61) sts.
3rd row – K1, K2tog, knit to
last 3 sts, sl 1, K1, psso, K1 …
41 (45-49-55-59) sts.
4th row – Purl.
Rep last 2 rows 10 (10-11-10-11)
times … 21 (25-27-35-37) sts.
Next row – As 3rd row.
Next row – P1, P2tog tbl, purl
to last 3 sts, P2tog, P1 …
17 (21-23-31-33) sts.
Rep last 2 rows 0 (0-0-1-1)
times … 17 (21-23-27-29) sts.
Next row – Cast off 2 (3-4-5-5)
sts, knit to last 3 sts, sl 1, K1,
psso, K1.
Next row – Cast off 2 (3-4-5-5)
sts, purl to last 3 sts, P2tog, P1.
Cast off rem 11 (13-13-15-17) sts.
Front band
Using Ma ress stitch (page
192), join shoulder seams.
Using 6mm needles and C2,
cast on 7 sts.
1st row – K2, P1, K1, P1, K2.
2nd row – K1, (P1, K1) 3 times.
3rd row – K2, yfwd, K2tog, P1,
K2 … bu onhole.
Work 15 rows rib.
Rep last 16 rows 4 times, then
3rd row once … 6 bu onholes.
Cont in rib until band is length
required to fit (slightly
stretched) evenly along Right
Front, across back neck, then
evenly along Le Front.
Cast off in rib.
To make up
Sew front band in position,
placing top bu onhole at
beginning of Right Front slope
shaping and easing remainder
to fit. Join side and sleeve
seams, matching colour
change. Sew in sleeves evenly.
Sew on bu ons.
IT’S A WRAP
TEXTURED SCARF
Skill Easy kni ing
yarn quantities are based on
this tension.
NOTE Join new balls 2 sts in
from the edge (except when
bringing in new colours). The
ends can then be sewn in
vertically to keep edges neat.
Using 5.5mm needles and C,
cast on 65 sts.
Beg double moss st
1st row – K1, * P1, K1, rep from
* to end.
2nd row – P1, * K1, P1, rep from
* to end.
3rd row – As 2nd row.
4th row – As 1st row.
Last 4 rows form double moss
st pa .
Cont in pa until Scarf
measures 45cm from beg,
working last row on wrong
side.
Using M, cont in pa until
Scarf measures 205cm from
beg, working last row on
wrong side.
Using C, cont in pa until
Scarf measures 250cm from
beg, working last row on
wrong side.
Cast off loosely in pa .
To make up
Using pompom maker and C,
make 2 large pom poms and
a ach securely to gathered
ends of Scarf. Sew in ends.
Measurements
34W x 250cmL
Gather your supplies
PATONS JET 12 PLY 50g:
8 balls Main Colour (M)
Biscuit (851) and 6 balls
Contrast Colour (C) Blush
(846); 1 pair 5.5mm kni ing
needles; wool needle for
finishing; pompom maker
Tension
19 sts and 23 rows to 10cm
over double moss st, using
5.5mm needles. Correct
tension is not essential for this
scarf, but, measurements and
Gather your supplies
CLECKHEATON
MIDLANDS MERINO 8 PLY
50g: Colourway 1: 1 (2, 2, 3)
balls Sundew (8800) or
Colourway 2: 1 (2, 2, 3) balls
Timeless Taupe (8806); set of
3.25mm double-pointed
kni ing needles or size
needed for correct tension;
cable needle; wool needle for
finishing
Tension
25 sts and 33 rounds to 10cm
over stocking st, using 3.25mm
needles. Check your tension
carefully by working a sample
in the round. If fewer sts to
10cm use smaller needles, if
more sts use larger needles.
NOTE Cuffs are worked on
smaller needles than usually
recommended for this yarn.
Special abbreviation
C3 = Slip next st onto cable
needle and leave at front of
work, K2, then K1 from cable
needle.
Cuff
Using set of 3.25mm
double-pointed needles, cast
on 35 (45-55-65) sts loosely,
dividing as evenly as possible
between 3 needles. Join to
work in rounds, taking care
not to twist cast-on edge
(page 193).
Beg first pa
1st round – * K3, P2, rep from
* to end.
2nd round – * K1, P1, K1, P2, rep
from * to end.
Rep last 2 rounds 8 (11-14-14)
times, then 1st round twice ...
20 (26-32-32) rounds First pa
in total.
CABLED BOOT CUFFS
Skill Intermediate kni ing
Sizes 2-5 Years (6-10 Years,
Small adult, Large adult)
Length approx 14 (18, 23,
23)cm
Beg second pa
1st round – * C3, P2, rep from
* to end.
2nd round – * K3, P2, rep from
* to end.
Rep last round 4 times.
Rep last 6 rounds 2 (3-4-4)
times ... 18 (24-30-30) rounds
JUNE BHG
KNITTING AND CROCHET
Second patt in total.
Next round – * C3, P2tog, C3,
P1, M1 (page 192), P1, rep from
* to last 5 sts, C3, P2tog ...
34 (44-54-64) sts.
9mm hook. Correct tension is
not essential for this throw,
however, measurements and
yarn quantity are based on
this tension.
Beg rib
1st round – * K1, P1, rep from
* to end.
Rep last round 5 (5-8-8) times.
Cast off loosely in rib.
Skill Easy crochet
Throw
Using 9mm hook, make 155ch.
Work from stitch diagram or
written instructions as folls –
Set-up row – Miss 3ch, 4tr in
next ch, * 1tr in next ch, (miss
next ch, 1tr in next ch) 8 times,
5tr in each of next 2ch, rep
from * 6 times, 1tr in next ch,
(miss next ch, 1tr in next ch)
8 times, 5tr in last ch.
1st row – 3ch, 4tr in first tr, *
1tr in next tr, (miss next tr, 1tr
in next tr) 8 times, 5tr in each
of next 2tr, rep from * 6 times,
1tr in next tr, (miss next tr, 1tr
in next tr) 8 times, 5tr in
turning ch.
Last row forms patt.
Cont in patt until Throw
measures approx 150cm from
beg. Fasten off.
Measurements
Approx 120cmW (excluding
fringe) x 150cmL
To make up
Block to shape if desired,
(page 193).
Gather your supplies
PATONS SIERRA CHUNKY
150g: 14 balls Nevada (1367);
9mm crochet hook; 25cm
wide piece of cardboard; wool
needle for finishing.
Fringe
Wind yarn around piece of
cardboard and cut along
one edge. Using 5 strands,
fold in half and pull loop
through side edge of Throw,
draw ends through loop
and pull firmly (page 193).
Repeat evenly along both
side edges. Trim neatly. Sew
in ends.
EMOTION FRINGED
THROW
Tension
1 patt rep to measure 15cm in
width and 4 rows of patt rep to
measure 10cm in length, using
EMOTION THROW
1st
row
Set-up
row
KEY Shaded area
represents stitch repeat
= chain
= treble (tr)
182 BHG JUNE 2024
10cm over stocking st, using
3.75mm needles. To work a
tension square, using 3.75mm
needles, cast on 36 sts. Work
48 rows stocking st. Cast off
loosely.
STRIPED BEANIE,
MITTS AND SCARF SET
Skill Beanie and Scarf Easy
knitting
Mitts Intermediate knitting
Measurements
Sizes Small adult, Large adult
Beanie To fit head 56 (58)cm
Mitts To fit hand
circumference 18 (21)cm
Scarf 18W x 180cmL
Gather your supplies
CLECKHEATON COUNTRY
8 PLY 50g: Beanie 1 (2) balls
1st Colour (C1) Dewberry
(2368) and 1 (2) balls 2nd
Colour (C2) Plum (2381), Mitts
1 (1) ball 1st Colour (C1)
Dewberry (2368) and 1 (1) ball
2nd Colour (C2) Plum (2381)
Scarf 4 balls 1st Colour (C1)
Dewberry (2368) and 4 balls
2nd Colour (C2) Plum (2381);
Beanie and Scarf: 1 pair each
4.5mm and 4mm knitting
needles or size needed to give
correct tension; Mitts: 1 pair
each 3.75mm and 3mm
knitting needles or size
needed to give correct
tension; wool needle for
sewing seams
Tensions
Beanie 21 sts and 28 rows to
10cm over stocking st, using
4.5mm needles. To work a
tension square, using 4.5mm
needles, cast on 32 sts. Work
42 rows stocking st. Cast off
loosely.
NOTE This Beanie is worked
on larger needles than usually
recommended for this yarn.
Mitts 23.5 sts and 32 rows to
NOTE These Mitts are
worked on smaller needles
than usually recommended
for this yarn.
Scarf 27 sts and 32 rows to
10cm over Rice st, using 4mm
needles. Correct tension is
not essential for this scarf,
however, measurements and
yarn quantities are based on
this tension.
Beanie
Using 4mm needles and C1,
cast on 106 (110) sts.
1st row – * K1, P1, rep from * to
end.
Rep last row 38 (42) times.
Change to 4.5mm needles.
Beg stripe patt
Working in stocking st for rem,
beg with a knit row, proceed
as folls –
NOTE Do not break off
colours when not in use, but
carry loosely up side edge of
work, catching in on alt rows
(page 193).
Using C2, work 8 rows.
Using C1, work 4 rows.
Rep last 12 rows twice …
36 rows stripe patt.
Using C2 for rem, work 2 rows.
Shape crown
1st row – K1, K2tog, K22 (23),
* (K2tog) twice, K22 (23), rep
from * to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1 …
98 (102) sts.
Work 3 rows.
5th row – K1, K2tog, K20 (21),
* (K2tog) twice, K20 (21), rep
from * to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1 …
90 (94) sts.
Work 3 rows.
9th row – K1, K2tog, K18 (19),
* (K2tog) twice, K18 (19), rep
from * to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1 …
82 (86) sts.
Work 1 row.
11th row – K1, K2tog, K16 (17),
* (K2tog) twice, K16 (17), rep
from * to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1 …
74 (78) sts.
Work 1 row.
13th row – K1, K2tog, K14 (15),
* (K2tog) twice, K14 (15), rep
from * to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1 …
66 (70) sts.
Work 1 row.
15th row – K1, K2tog, K12 (13),
* (K2tog) twice, K12 (13), rep
from * to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1 …
58 (62) sts.
Work 1 row.
17th row – K1, K2tog, K10 (11),
* (K2tog) twice, K10 (11), rep
from * to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1 …
50 (54) sts.
Work 1 row.
19th row – K1, K2tog, K8 (9),
* (K2tog) twice, K8 (9), rep
from * to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1 …
42 (46) sts.
20th row – P1, P2tog, P6 (7),
* (P2tog) twice, P6 (7), rep
from * to last 3 sts, P2tog, P1 …
34 (38) sts.
21st row – K1, K2tog, K4 (5),
* (K2tog) twice, K4 (5), rep
from * to last 3 sts, K2tog, K1 …
26 (30) sts.
22nd row – P1, (P2tog) 12 (14)
times, P1 … 14 (16) sts.
Break off yarn, thread end
through rem sts, draw up
tightly and fasten off securely.
To make up
Using Mattress stitch (page
192), join side edges to form
back seam, matching stripes
and reversing seam for lower
10 (11)cm. Fold back 7 (8)cm for
brim. Sew in ends.
Right mitt
Using 3mm needles and C1,
cast on 42 (50) sts.
Beg cuff
1st row –* K1, P1, rep from * to
end.
Rep last row 15 (17) times ...
16 (18) rows rib in total.
Change to 3.75mm needles. **
Shape for thumb
Small Adult size only
Work 2 rows stocking st.
3rd row – K22, M1 (page 192),
K1, M1, K19 … 44 sts.
Work 1 row.
Both sizes –
NOTE Do not break off
colours when they are not
in use, but instead carry
loosely up side edge of work,
catching in on alt rows (page
193).
Using C2, work 2 rows
stocking st.
Next row – K22 (26), M1 (see
page 192), K3 (1), M1, K19 (23) …
46 (52) sts.
Work 3 rows.
Next row – K22 (26), M1, K5
(3), M1, K19 (23) … 48 (54) sts.
Work 1 row.
Change to C1, work 2 rows.
Next row – K22 (26), M1, K7 (5),
M1, K19 (23) … 50 (56) sts.
Work 1 row.
Change to C2, work 2 rows.
Next row – K22 (26), M1, K9 (7),
M1, K19 (23) … 52 (58) sts.
Work 1 (3) rows.
Large Adult size only –
Next row – K26, M1, K9, M1,
K23 … 60 sts.
Work 1 row.
Change to C1, work 2 rows.
Next row – K26, M1, K11, M1,
K23 … 62 sts.
Work 1 row.
Both sizes … 52 (62) sts.
Divide for thumb
Using C2, Next row – K34
(40), turn.
Next row – P13 (15), turn, cast
on 3 sts … 16 (18) sts.
Cont on these 16 (18) sts for
Thumb.
*** Work 4 rows.
Change to 3mm needles.
Work 2 rows rib (as before).
Cast off loosely in rib. ***
With right side facing and
using C2, knit up 3 sts
from sts cast on at base of
thumb, knit to end … 42 (50)
sts.
Work 3 (7) rows.
Change to C1, work 4 rows.
Change to C2 for rem and
work 4 (2) rows.
Beg first finger
Next row – K27 (32), turn.
Next row – P12 (14), turn, cast
on 2 sts … 14 (16) sts.
Cont on these 14 (16) sts for
First Finger.
Complete as for Thumb from
*** to ***.
Beg second finger
With right side facing and
using C2, knit up 2 sts from sts
cast on at base of first finger,
K5 (6), turn.
Next row – P12 (14), turn, cast
on 2 sts … 14 (16) sts.
Cont on these 14 (16) sts for
Second Finger.
Complete as for Thumb from
*** to ***.
Beg third finger
With right side facing and
using C2, knit up 2 sts from sts
cast on at base of second
finger, K5 (6), turn.
Next row – P12 (14), turn, cast
on 2 sts … 14 (16) sts.
Cont on these 14 (16) sts for
Third Finger.
Complete as for Thumb from
*** to ***.
Beg fourth finger
With right side facing and
using C2, knit up 2 sts from sts
cast on at base of third finger,
K5 (6), turn.
Next row – Purl to end …
12 (14) sts.
Cont on these 12 (14) sts for
Fourth Finger.
Complete as for Thumb from
*** to ***.
Left mitt
Work as for Right Mitt to **.
Shape for thumb
Small Adult size only –
Work 2 rows stocking st.
3rd row – K19, M1, K1, M1, K22…
44 sts.
Work 1 row.
Both sizes –
Using C2, work 2 rows
stocking st.
Next row – K19 (23), M1, K3 (1),
M1, K22 (26) … 46 (52) sts.
Work 3 rows.
Next row – K19 (23), M1, K5 (3),
M1, K22 (26) … 48 (54) sts.
Work 1 row.
Change to C1, work 2 rows.
Next row – K19 (23), M1, K7 (5),
M1, K22 (26) … 50 (56) sts.
Work 1 row.
Change to C2, work 2 rows.
Next row – K19 (23), M1, K9 (7),
M1, K22 (26) … 52 (58) sts.
Work 1 (3) rows.
Large Adult size only –
Next row – K23, M1, K9, M1,
K26 … 60 sts.
Work 1 row.
Change to C1, work 2 rows.
Next row – K23, M1, K11, M1,
K26 … 62 sts.
Work 1 row.
Both sizes … 52 (62) sts.
Divide for thumb
Using C2, Next row – K31 (37),
turn, cast on 3 sts … 34 (40)
sts.
Next row – P16 (18), turn.
Cont on these 16 (18) sts for
Thumb.
Complete as for Thumb of
Right Mitt from *** to ***.
With right side facing and
using C2, knit up 3 sts
from sts cast on at base
of thumb, knit to end …
42 (50) sts.
Work 3 (7) rows.
Change to C1, work 4 rows.
Change to C2 for rem and
work 4 (2) rows.
Beg first finger
Next row – K27 (32), turn, cast
on 2 sts.
Next row – P14 (16), turn.
Cont on these 14 (16) sts for
First Finger.
Complete as for Thumb of
Right Mitt from *** to ***.
Beg second finger
With right side facing and
using C2, knit up 2 sts from
sts cast on at base of first
finger, K5 (6), turn, cast on
2 sts.
Next row – P14 (16), turn.
Cont on these 14 (16) sts for
Second Finger.
Complete as for Thumb of
Right Mitt from *** to ***.
JUNE 2024 BHG 183
KNITTING AND CROCHET
Beg third finger
With right side facing and
using C2, knit up 2 sts from sts
cast on at base of second
finger, K5 (6), turn, cast on
2 sts.
Next row – P14 (16), turn.
Cont on these 14 (16) sts for
Third Finger.
Complete as for Thumb of
Right Mi from *** to ***.
Beg fourth finger
With right side facing and
using C2, knit up 2 sts from sts
cast on at base of third finger,
K5 (6), turn.
Next row – Purl to end …
12 (14) sts.
Cont on these 12 (14) sts for
Fourth Finger.
Complete as for Thumb of
Right Mi from *** to ***.
To make up
Using Half Ma ress stitch
(page 192), join thumb,
finger and side seams,
matching stripes.
Scarf
Using 4.5mm needles and C2,
cast on 49 sts.
1st row – K2, * P1, K1, rep from
* to last st, K1.
2nd row – K1, * P1, K1, rep from
* to end.
Rep last 2 rows 7 times ...
16 rows rib in total.
Change to 4mm needles and
C1.
Beg rice st
1st row – P1, * K1, P1, rep from
* to end.
2nd row – Knit.
Last 2 rows form Rice st.
Rep last 2 rows 19 times …
40 rows in total.
Using C2, work 20 rows.
Using C1, work 4 rows.
Using C2, work 20 rows …
84 rows Rice st in total.
Rep last 84 rows twice.
Using C1, work 40 rows.
Using C2, work 8 rows.
Using C1, work 4 rows.
Rep last 12 rows until Scarf
measures approx 174cm from
beg, ending with 4 rows C1.
BHG JUNE
Change to 4.5mm needles
and C2 for rem.
Work 16 rows rib (as before).
Cast off loosely in rib.
To make up
Sew in ends towards centre
(not along side edges) for a
neat finish.
ADORABLE BABY
BLANKET
Skill Easy kni ing
Measurements
Approx 65W x 85cmL
Gather your supplies
PATONS EXTRA FINE
MERINO 8 PLY 50g: 10 balls
Ivory (2100); 1 pair 4.5mm
kni ing needles; wool needle
for sewing in ends
Tension
21 sts and 43 rows to 10cm
over pa , using 4.5mm
needles. Correct tension not
essential, but, measurements
and yarn quantity are based
on this tension.
then be sewn in through work
on wrong side.
1st row – K8, P1, * (P1, K1)
3 times, P1, K7, rep from * to
last 16 sts, (P1, K1) 3 times, P2,
K8.
2nd row – K9, * (P1, K1) 3 times,
P8, rep from * to last 16 sts,
(P1, K1) 4 times, K8.
3rd row – K8, P1, * (P1, K1)
3 times, P8, rep from * to last
16 sts, (P1, K1) 3 times, P2, K8.
4th row – K9, * (P1, K1) 4 times,
K6, rep from * to last 16 sts,
(P1, K1) 4 times, K8.
Rep last 4 rows once, then 1st
and 2nd rows once.
11th row – K8, P1, * K7, (P1, K1)
3 times, P1, rep from * to last
16 sts, K7, P1, K8.
12th row – K9, * P7, (P1, K1)
3 times, P1, rep from * to last
16 sts, P7, K9.
13th row – K8, P1, * P8, (K1, P1)
3 times, rep from * to last
16 sts, P8, K8.
14th row – K16, * (P1, K1)
4 times, K6, rep from * to last
9 sts, K9.
Rep last 4 rows once, then 11th
and 12th rows once.
Last 20 rows form pa .
Cont in pa until Blanket
measures approx 81cm from
beg, ending with a 10th or
20th pa row.
Work 12 rows garter st.
Cast off loosely knitways.
To make up
Sew in ends.
NOTE This blanket is worked
on larger needles than usually
recommended for this yarn.
Blanket
Using 4.5mm needles, cast on
137 sts.
Work 13 rows garter st (every
row knit, 1st row is wrong side).
Beg pa
NOTE To keep edges of your
work neat, join new balls 4 sts
in from side edge. Ends can
Gather your supplies
Colourway 1: HEIRLOOM
MERINO MAGIC 8 PLY 50g:
1 (1, 1, 2, 2) balls 1st Colour (C1)
Musk (6215) and HEIRLOOM
MERINO MAGIC MEDLEY
8 PLY 50g: 2 (2, 2, 2, 2) balls
2nd Colour (C2) Tree Fern
(7088) . Colourway 2:
HEIRLOOM MERINO
MAGIC MEDLEY 8 PLY 50g:
1 (1, 1, 2, 2) balls 1st Colour (C1)
Cloud Dri (7091) and
HEIRLOOM MERINO
MAGIC 8 PLY 50g: 2 (2, 2, 2,
2) balls 2nd Colour (C2) Fiery
Fuchsia (6238). Colourway 3:
HEIRLOOM MERINO
MAGIC 8 PLY 50g: 1 (1, 1, 2, 2)
balls 1st Colour (C1) Sky Blue
(6244) and HEIRLOOM
MERINO MAGIC MEDLEY
8 PLY 50g: 2 (2, 2, 2, 2) balls
2nd Colour (C2) Firecracker
(7089); 1 pair 4mm kni ing
needles or size for correct
tension; pompom maker; wool
needle for sewing seams.
Tension
26 sts and 30 rows to 10cm
over rib pa (stretched
slightly), using 4mm needles.
To work a tension square,
using 4mm needles, cast on
39 sts. Work 44 rows rib pa
as for Beanie. Cast off loosely.
Check your tension carefully
(see page 193). If fewer sts to
10cm use smaller needles, if
more sts use larger needles.
Beanie
Using 4mm needles and C1,
cast on 107 (111-111-115-119) sts.
Beg reverse rib Pa for Brim
1st row – K2, P1, * K3, P1, rep
from * to end.
Rep last row until brim is
5 (5-6-6-7)cm from beg.
KIDS’ BRILLIANT
BEANIE
Skill Easy kni ing
Measurements
Sizes 4 (6, 8, 10, 12) years To fit
head 52 (53, 54, 55, 56)cm
Beg rib pa
1st row – P1, * K3, P1, rep from
* to last 2 sts, K2.
Rep last row for rib pa .
Cont in rib pa until Beanie
measures 13 (14-15-16-17)cm
from beg.
Change to C2.
Next row (right side) – Knit.
Cont in rib pa until Beanie
measures 19 (20-21-22-23)cm
from beg, working last row on
wrong side.
Shape crown
1st row – P1, * K2, P2tog, rep
from * to last 2 sts, K2 …
81 (84-84-87-90) sts.
2nd row – * P1, K2, rep from
* to end.
Rep last row 4 times.
7th row – P1, K2, * P2tog, K1,
rep from * to end … 55 (57-5759-61) sts.
8th row – P1, * K1, P1, rep from
* to end.
9th row – K1, * P1, K1, rep from
* to end.
Rep last 2 rows once, then 8th
row once.
13th row – K1, * K2tog, rep
from * to end … 28 (29-2930-31) sts.
14th row – Purl.
15th row – K1, * K2tog, rep
from * to last 1 (0-0-1-0) sts, K1
(0-0-1-0) … 15 (15-15-16-16) sts.
16th row – P1 (1-1-0-0), * P2tog,
rep from * to end … 8 sts.
Break off yarn, thread end
through rem sts, draw up
tightly and fasten off securely.
To make up
Using Ma ress stitch (page
192), join side edges to form
back seam, reversing seam for
5 (5-6-6-7)cm of brim. Sew in
ends. Fold brim onto right
side. Using pompom maker
and C2, make a large pompom
and a ach securely to crown.
BABY AND TODDLER
VEST OR CARDI
Skill Easy kni ing
Measurements
Sizes 3 (6, 9, 12 months, 2, 4
years) To fit chest 40 (45, 50,
53, 55, 60)cm Actual size (43,
48, 53, 56, 58, 68)cm Length
22 (25, 28, 31, 33, 37)cm
Cardigan sleeve Length
13 (16, 19, 21, 23, 28)cm
Gather your supplies
PATONS BIG BABY 4 PLY
100g: Cardigan 1 (1, 2, 2, 2, 2)
balls Fairy Garden Mix (3920);
Vest 1 (1,1,1,1, 2) balls Earth Mix
(3921); 1 pair each 2.75mm and
3.25mm kni ing needles or
size needed to give correct
tension; 1 stitch-holder;
5 (5-6-6-6-6) bu ons; wool
needle for sewing seams
Tension
28 sts and 36 rows to 10cm
over stocking st, using 3.25mm
needles. To work a tension
square, using 3.25mm
needles, cast on 42 sts. Work
54 rows stocking st. Cast
off loosely. Check your
tension carefully (page 193).
If fewer sts to 10cm use
smaller needles, if more sts
use larger needles.
Back
Using 2.75mm needles, cast
on 62 (70-78-82-86-98) sts.
1st row – K2, * P2, K2, rep from
* to end.
2nd row – P2, * K2, P2, rep
from * to end.
Rep last 2 rows 3 (3-4-4-5-6)
times, dec 0 (2-2-2-2-0) sts
evenly in last row ... 62 (68-7680-84-98) sts, 8 (8-10-10-1214) rows rib in total.
Change to 3.25mm needles.
Work in stocking st (knit 1 row,
purl 1 row) until Back
measures 13 (15-17-19-21-24)cm
from beg, ending with a purl
row.
Shape armholes
Cast off 4 (4-5-5-6-8) sts at
beg of next 2 rows … 54 (60-6670-72-82) sts.
Dec one st at each end of next
row, then in every foll alt row until
46 (52-56-58-60-68) sts rem.
Work 23 (25-27-27-29-31)
rows.
Shape back neck and
shoulders
1st row – K14 (16-18-19-19-22),
turn to wrong side to divide
for neck.
Cont on these 14 (16-18-1919-22) sts for right side of back
neck.
2nd row – P2tog, purl to end.
3rd row – Cast off 6 (7-8-8-810) sts, knit to last 2 sts, K2tog
... 6 (7-8-9-9-10) sts.
4th row – P2tog, purl to end.
Cast off rem 5 (6-7-8-8-9) sts.
Slip next 18 (20-20-20-22-24)
sts onto stitch-holder and
leave for Neckband.
With right side facing, join
yarn to rem 14 (16-18-19-19-22)
sts for le side of back neck
and knit to end.
Next row – Purl to last 2 sts,
P2tog.
Next row – K2tog, knit to end
... 12 (14-16-17-17-20) sts.
Next row – Cast off 6 (7-8-88-10) sts, purl to last 2 sts,
P2tog.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 5 (6-7-8-8-9) sts.
Left front
Using 2.75mm needles, cast
on 31 (35-39-43-43-51) sts.
1st row – * K2, P2, rep from * to
last 3 sts, K3.
2nd row – P3, * K2, P2, rep
from * to end.
Rep last 2 rows 3 (3-4-4-5-6)
times, dec 0 (1-1-3-1-2) sts
evenly in last row ... 31 (34-3840-42-49) sts and 8 (8-10-1012-14) rows rib in total.
Change to 3.25mm needles.
Work in stocking st until Le
Front measures same as Back
to armholes, ending with a
purl row.
Shape armhole
Cast off 4 (4-5-5-6-8) sts at
beg of next row … 27 (30-3335-36-41) sts.
Dec one st at armhole edge of
every foll alt row until 23 (2628-29-30-34) sts rem.
Work 14 (16-16-16-16-16) rows.
Shape front neck
1st row – Cast off 6 (6-6-6-7-7)
sts, purl to end ... 17 (20-2223-23-27) sts.
Dec one st at neck edge in
next 3 (5-3-3-1-1) rows, then in
every foll alt row 3 (2-4-4-6-7)
times … 11 (13-15-16-16-19) sts.
Work 1 row.
Shape shoulder
1st row – Cast off 6 (7-8-8-810) sts, knit to end.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 5 (6-7-8-8-9) sts.
Right front
Using 2.75mm needles, cast
on 31 (35-39-43-43-51) sts.
1st row – K3, * P2, K2, rep from
* to end.
2nd row – * P2, K2, rep from
* to last 3 sts, P3.
Rep last 2 rows 3 (3-4-4-5-6)
times, dec 0 (1-1-3-1-2) sts
evenly in last row ... 31 (3438-40-42-49) sts and
8 (8-10-10-12-14) rows rib total.
Change to 3.25mm needles.
Work in stocking st until Right
Front measures same as Back
to armholes, ending with a
purl row.
Work 1 row.
Shape armhole
Cast off 4 (4-5-5-6-8) sts at
beg of next row … 27 (30-3335-36-41) sts.
Dec one st at armhole edge in
next row, then in every foll alt
row until 23 (26-28-29-30-34)
sts rem.
Work 15 (17-17-17-17-17) rows.
Shape front neck
1st row – Cast off 6 (6-6-6-7-7)
sts, knit to end ... 17 (20-2223-23-27) sts.
Dec one st at neck edge in
next 4 (6-4-4-2-2) rows, then in
every foll alt row 2 (1-3-3-5-6)
times … 11 (13-15-16-16-19) sts.
Work 2 rows.
Shape shoulder
1st row – Cast off 6 (7-8-88-10) sts, purl to end.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 5 (6-7-8-8-9) sts.
JUNE BHG
KNITTING AND CROCHET
Left front band
With right side facing and
using 2.75mm needles, knit up
60 (68-76-80-92-100) sts
evenly along Le Front.
1st row (wrong side) – P3, * K2,
P2, rep from * to last st, P1.
2nd row – K3, * P2, K2, rep
from * to last st, K1.
Rep last 2 rows twice, then 1st
row once.
Cast off loosely in rib.
Right front band
and neckband
Using Ma ress stitch (page
192), join shoulder seams.
With right side facing and
using 2.75mm needles, knit up
60 (68-76-80-92-100) sts
evenly along Right Front.
Work 3 rows rib as for Le
Front Band.
Bu onhole row – Rib 3, yrn,
P2tog, * rib 14 (14-14-14-18-18),
yrn, P2tog, rep from * 2 (2-33-3-3) times, rib to end ...
4 (4-5-5-5-5) bu onholes.
Work 3 rows rib.
Cast off loosely in rib, leaving
last st on needle for
Neckband, do not fasten off.
With right side facing, knit up
15 (15-15-15-16-16) sts from side
edge of Right Front Band and
sts cast off at front neck
including st already on
needle, knit up 10 (11-13-1313-16) sts evenly along right
side of front neck shaping
to shoulder seam, knit up
4 sts along right side of back
neck, knit across sts from
back stitch-holder, knit up
4 sts along le side of back
neck to shoulder seam, knit
up 10 (11-13-13-13-16) sts evenly
along le side of front neck
shaping, then knit up 15 (1515-15-16-16) sts across sts
cast off at front neck and
side edge of the Le Front
Band … 76 (80-84-84-88-96)
sts.
Work 3 rows rib.
Bu onhole row – Rib 3, yrn,
P2tog, rib to end … 5 (5-6-66-6) bu onholes in total.
Work 3 rows rib.
Cast off loosely in rib.
BHG JUNE
Sleeves (Cardigan only)
Using 2.75mm needles, cast
on 38 (38-38-42-42-50) sts.
1st row – K2, * P2, K2, rep from
* to end.
2nd row – P2, * K2, P2, rep
from * to end.
Rep last 2 rows 3 (3-4-4-5-6)
times ... 8 (8-10-10-12-14) rows
rib in total.
Change to 3.25mm needles.
Work 4 rows stocking st.
Next row – K1, M1 (page 192),
knit to last st, M1, K1 ... 40 (4040-44-44-52) sts.
Inc one st (as before) at each
end of every foll 4th (6th6th-6th-4th-6th) row until
there are 42 (50-56-62-4660) sts, sizes 3 months,
6 months, 2 years and 4 years
only – then in every foll 6th
(8th-6th-8th) row until there
are 50 (52-64-72) sts.
All sizes … 50 (52-56-62-6472) sts.
Cont without further shaping
until Sleeve measures 13 (1619-21-23-28) cm from beg,
ending with a purl row.
Shape top
Cast off 2 (2-3-3-3-4) sts at beg
of next 2 rows … 46 (48-5056-58-64) sts.
Dec one st at each end of next
row, then in every foll alt row
until 32 (32-32-38-42-44) sts
rem, then in every row until
14 (14-14-16-16-18) sts rem.
Cast off loosely.
Armhole bands
(Vest only)
With right side facing and
using 2.75mm needles, knit up
66 (70-78-82-86-94) sts
evenly along armhole edge.
Work 7 rows rib as for Back,
beg with a 2nd row.
Cast off loosely in rib.
To make up
Sew on bu ons.
Cardigan only Join side and
sleeve seams. Placing centre
of sleeve top to shoulder
seam, sew in evenly. Sew in
ends.
Vest only Join side and
armhole band seams.
Sew in ends.
RELAXED RAGLAN
JUMPER
Skill Intermediate kni ing
Measurements
Sizes S (M, L, XL, XXL) To fit
chest 80 (90, 100, 110, 120)cm
Actual size 96 (106, 116, 126,
136)cm Length 59 (60, 61, 62,
63)cm Sleeve Length 48cm
(all sizes)
Gather your supplies
PATONS ARIA 12 PLY 100g:
6 (6, 7, 8, 8) balls Green Dream
(7111); 1 pair 5.5mm kni ing
needles and 4.5mm circular
kni ing needle (40cm long) or
size needed to give correct
tension; 4 stitch-holders; wool
needle for sewing seams
Tension
16 sts and 22 rows to 10cm
over stocking st, using 5.5mm
needles. To work a tension
square, using 5.5mm needles,
cast on 24 sts. Work 32 rows
stocking st. Cast off loosely.
Check your tension carefully
(page 193). If fewer sts to 10cm
use smaller needles, if more
sts use larger needles.
Back
Using 5.5mm needles, cast on
79 (87-95-103-111) sts.
1st row – K2, * P1, K1, rep from
* to last st, K1.
2nd row – K1, * P1, K1, rep from
* to end.
Rep last 2 rows 7 times,
16 rows rib in total.
Work in stocking st until Back
measures 36cm from beg,
ending with a purl row.
Shape raglan armholes
Cast off 3 sts at beg of next
2 rows … 73 (81-89-97-105) sts.
3rd row – P2, K3tog, knit to
last 5 sts, sl 1, K2tog, psso, P2 …
69 (77-85-93-101) sts.
4th row – K2, purl to last 2 sts,
K2.
Rep last 2 rows 0 (0-0-2-3)
times ... 69 (77-85-85-89) sts.
**
Maintaining 2 purl fabric sts at
each edge as established, dec
2 sts (as before) at each end of
3rd row once, then in every
foll 4th row until 49 (37-41-3741) sts rem, sizes S, M and L
only – then in every foll 6th
row until 33 (33-37) sts rem.
All sizes … 33 (33-37-37-41) sts.
Work 3 rows.
Leave rem sts on stitch-holder
for Neck band.
Front
Work as for Back to **.
Maintaining 2 purl fabric sts at
each edge as established, dec
2 sts (as before) at each end of
3rd row once, then in every
foll 4th row until 49 (41-4549-53) sts rem, size S only
– then in every foll 6th row
until 41 sts rem.
All sizes … 41 (41-45-49-53)
sts.
Work 3 (1-1-1-1) rows.
Shape front neck
1st row – P2, K11 (11-12-14-15),
turn.
Cont on these 13 (13-14-16-17)
sts for le side of neck.
Dec one st at neck edge in
next 4 (4-6-4-6) rows, then in
every foll alt row 1 (1-0-2-1)
times, AT SAME TIME dec
2 sts (as before) at raglan edge
in foll alt row once, sizes XL
and XXL only – then in foll 4th
row once.
All sizes … 6 sts.
Work 1 row.
Next row – P1, P3tog, K2tog …
3 sts.
Next row – P1, K2.
Next row – P1, P2tog.
Next row – K2, turn, P2tog,
fasten off.
Slip next 15 (15-17-17-19) sts
onto stitch-holder and leave
for Neck band.
With right side facing, join
yarn to rem 13 (13-14-16-17) sts
for right side of neck, knit to
last 2 sts, P2.
Dec one st at neck edge in
next 4 (4-6-4-6) rows, then in
every foll alt row 1 (1-0-2-1)
times, AT SAME TIME dec
2 sts (as before) at raglan edge
in foll alt row once, sizes XL
and XXL only – then in foll.
4th row once.
All sizes … 6 sts.
Work 1 row.
Next row – K2tog, P3tog, P1 …
3 sts.
Next row – K2, P1.
Next row – P2tog, P1.
Next row – K2, turn, P2tog,
fasten off.
Sleeves
Using 5.5mm needles, cast on
39 (41-41-43-45) sts.
Work 16 rows rib as for Back.
Work 4 rows stocking st.
Next row – K2, M1 (page 192),
knit to last 2 sts, M1, K2 …
41 (43-43-45-47) sts.
Inc one st (as before) at each
end of every foll 10th (8th6th-4th-4th) row until there
are 49 (47-55-53-73) sts, then
in every foll 12th (10th-8th6th-6th) row until there are
55 (59-65-73-81) sts.
Cont without further shaping
until Sleeve measures 48cm
from beg, ending with a purl
row.
Shape raglan
Cast off 3 sts at beg of next
2 rows … 49 (53-59-67-75) sts.
3rd row – P2, K3tog, knit to
last 5 sts, sl 1, K2tog, psso, P2 …
45 (49-55-63-71) sts.
4th row – K2, purl to last 2 sts,
K2.
Rep last 2 rows 0 (0-0-0-1)
times ... 45 (49-55-63-67) sts.
Maintaining 2 purl fabric sts at
each edge as established, dec
2 sts (as before) at each end of
3rd row once, then in every
foll 4th row until 37 (33-3523-15) sts rem, sizes S, M, L
and XL only – then in every
foll 6th row until 13 (13-15-15)
sts rem.
All sizes … 13 (13-15-15-15) sts.
Work 3 rows.
Leave rem sts on stitch-holder
for Neck band.
Neck band
Using Mattress stitch (page
192), join raglan seams, noting
top of Sleeves form part of
neckline. With right side
facing, using 4.5mm circular
needle and beg at left back
raglan seam, knit across sts
from left sleeve stitchholder, knit up 10 (10-12-12-12)
sts evenly along left side of
front neck, knit across sts
from front stitch-holder, knit
up 10 (10-12-12-12) sts evenly
along right side of front neck,
knit across sts from right
sleeve stitch-holder, then
knit across sts from back
stitch-holder … 94 (94-108108-114) sts.
Join to work in rounds.
1st round – * K1, P1, rep from
* to end.
Rep last round until
Neckband measures 10cm
from beg.
Cast off loosely in rib.
To make up
Join side and sleeve seams.
TACTILE JUMPER
Skill Easy knitting
Measurements
Sizes S (M, L, XL, XXL) To fit
chest 95 (105, 115, 125, 135)cm
Actual Size approx 113 (125,
138, 151, 163)cm Length when
worn approx 69 (70, 70, 71,
71)cm Sleeve length 47 (48,
48, 49, 49)cm.
Gather your
supplies
HEIRLOOM MERINO
MAGIC 8 PLY 50g: 17 (19, 21,
23, 25) balls Denim (6505);
1 pair each 3.25mm and 4mm
knitting needles or size
needed to give correct
tension; wool needle for
sewing seams
Tension
22 sts and 30 rows to 10cm
over stocking st, using 4mm
needles. To work a tension
square, using 4mm needles,
cast on 33 sts. Work 44 rows
stocking st. Cast off loosely.
Check your tension carefully
(page 193). If fewer sts to 10cm
use smaller needles, if more
sts use larger needles.
Back
Using 3.25mm needles, cast
on 111 (125-139-153-167) sts.
1st row – K2, * P1, K1, rep from
* to last st, K1.
2nd row – K1, * P1, K1, rep from
* to end.
Rep last 2 rows until rib
measures 10cm from beg,
ending with a 1st row.
Next row – Rib 6 (5-4-3-2),
* inc in next st, rib 6 (7-8-9-10),
rep from * to end ... 126
(140-154-168-182) sts.
Change to 4mm needles.
Beg patt
1st row – Knit.
Rep 1st row 5 times.
7th row – Knit.
8th row – Purl.
9th row – * P3, K8, P3, rep
from * to end.
10th row – * K3, P8, K3, rep
from * to end.
Rep 9th and 10th rows once.
13th row – * K2, P2, K6, P2, K2,
rep from * to end.
14th row – * P3, K2, P4, K2, P3,
rep from * to end.
15th row – * K4, P2, K2, P2, K4,
rep from * to end.
16th row – * P5, K4, P5, rep
from * to end.
17th row – * K5, P4, K5, rep
from * to end.
18th row – * P4, K2, P2, K2, P4,
rep from * to end.
19th row – * K3, P2, K4, P2, K3,
rep from * to end.
20th row – * P2, K2, P6, K2, P2,
rep from * to end.
Rep 9th and 10th rows twice,
then 7th and 8th rows once.
Rep 1st row 6 times, then 7th
and 8th rows once.
35th row – * K8, (P1, K1)
3 times, rep from * to end.
36th row – * (K1, P1) 3 times,
K1, P7, rep from * to end.
Rep 35th and 36th rows twice,
then 35th row once.
42nd row – * P7, (K1, P1)
3 times, K1, rep from * to end.
43rd row – * (K1, P1) 3 times,
K8, rep from * to end.
Rep 42nd and 43rd rows
twice, then 42nd row once.
Rep 7th and 8th rows once.
Rep 1st row 6 times, then 7th
and 8th rows once.
59th row – * P3, K4, rep from
* to end.
60th row – * P3, K3, P4, K3,
P1, rep from * to end.
61st row – * K2, P3, K4, P3, K2,
rep from * to end.
62nd row – * P1, K3, P4, K3,
P3, rep from * to end.
63rd row – * K4, P3, rep from
* to end.
64th row – * K3, P4, rep from
* to end.
65th row – * K3, P3, K4, P3, K1,
rep from * to end.
66th row – * P2, K3, P4, K3,
P2, rep from * to end.
67th row – * K1, P3, K4, P3, K3,
rep from * to end.
68th row – * P4, K3, rep from
* to end.
69th row – Knit.
70th row – Purl.
Last 70 rows form patt. **
Cont in patt until Back
measures 69 (70-70-71-71)cm
from beg, ending with a wrong
side row.
Shape shoulders
Keeping patt correct, cast
off 21 (24-27-30-33) sts loosely
at beg of next 2 rows, then
22 (24-28-30-34) sts at beg
of foll 2 rows.
Cast off rem 40 (44-44-48-48)
sts loosely.
JUNE 2024 BHG 187
KNITTING AND CROCHET
Front
Work as for Back to **.
Cont in pa until Front
measures 59cm from beg,
ending with a wrong side row.
Shape neck
Next row – Pa 54 (59-6671-78), cast off next 18 (22-2226-26) sts, pa to end.
Cont on these 54 (59-66-7178) sts for right side of neck.
*** Dec one st at neck edge in
next 4 rows, then in every foll
alt row until 43 (48-55-60-67)
sts rem.
Cont in pa until Front
measures same as Back to beg
of shoulder shaping, ending at
armhole edge.
Shape shoulder
Keeping pa correct, cast off
21 (24-27-30-33) sts at beg of
next row.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 22 (24-28-30-34)
sts loosely.
With wrong side facing, join
yarn to rem 54 (59-66-71-78)
sts for le side of neck.
Rep from *** to end.
Sleeves
Using 3.25mm needles, cast
on 55 sts.
Work 8cm in rib as for Back,
ending with a 1st row.
Next row – Rib 6, * inc in next
st, rib 2, rep from * to last 4 sts,
rib 4 ... 70 sts.
Change to 4mm needles.
Working in pa as for Back
and working extra sts into
pa , inc one st at each end of
3rd row once, then in every
foll 4th row until there are
118 (122-122-126-126) sts.
Cont in pa without further
shaping until Sleeve measures
47 (48-48-49-49)cm from beg,
ending with a wrong side row.
Cast off loosely.
Neckband
Using Ma ress stitch (page
192), join right shoulder seam.
With right side facing and
using 3.25mm needles, knit up
27 (29-29-31-31) sts evenly
BHG JUNE
along le side of front neck,
knit up 18 (22-22-26-26) sts
across cast-off sts at centre
front, knit up 27 (29-29-31-31)
sts evenly along right side of
front neck to shoulder seam,
then knit up 39 (43-43-47-47)
sts across cast-off sts at back
neck ... 111 (123-123-135-135) sts.
Work 10cm in rib as for Back,
beg and ending with a 2nd
row.
Cast off loosely in rib.
To make up
Join le shoulder and
neckband seam. Fold neckband in half onto wrong side
and Slip stitch (page 193)
in position. Measure down
27 (28-28-29-29)cm from
shoulder seams on side
edges of Back and Front
and tie a coloured thread.
Placing centre of sleeve
top to shoulder seam, sew
in sleeves evenly between
coloured threads. Join
side and sleeve seams.
CABLED BEANIE
Skill Intermediate kni ing
Measurements
To fit head approx 56cm
Gather your supplies
CLECKHEATON VERVE 12
PLY 50g: 2 balls Wildflowers
(8703); 1 each 4.5mm and
5.5mm circular kni ing
needles (40cm long), and a
set of 5.5mm double-pointed
kni ing needles or size
needed to give correct
tension; cable needle; wool
needle for finishing; large
pompom maker.
Tension
16 sts and 22 rounds to 10cm
over stocking st, using 5.5mm
needles. Check your tension
by working a stocking st
sample in the round (every
round knit). If fewer sts to
10cm use smaller needles, if
more sts use larger needles.
Special abbreviation
C4B = cable over 4 stitches
– Slip next 2 sts onto cable
needle and leave at back of
work, K2, then K2 from cable
needle.
Beanie
Using 4.5mm circular needle,
cast on 80 sts.
Join to work in rounds taking
care not to twist cast-on sts.
1st round – * K1, P1, rep from
* to end.
Rep last round 8 times.
10th round – * K1, P1, K1, inc
purlways in next st, (K1, P1)
twice, rep from * to end ...
90 sts.
Change to 5.5mm circular
needle.
Beg pa
1st round – * K1, P2, K4, P2,
rep from * to end.
2nd round – As 1st round.
3rd round – * K1, P2, C4B, P2,
rep from * to end.
4th round – As 1st round.
Last 4 rounds form pa .
Cont in pa until Beanie
measures approx 20cm from
beg, ending with a 1st round.
NOTE Change to set of
5.5mm double-pointed
needles when sts no longer fit
comfortably on circular.
Shape crown
1st round – * K1, P2tog, K4, P2,
rep from * to end … 80 sts.
2nd round – * K1, P1, C4B,
P2tog, rep from * to end …
70 sts.
3rd round – * K1, P1, K1, K2tog,
K1, P1, rep from * to end …
60 sts.
4th round – * K1, P1, sl 1,
K1, psso, K1, P1, rep from
* to end … 50 sts.
5th round – * K1, P1, K2tog, P1,
rep from * to end … 40 sts.
6th round – * K1, K2tog, P1, rep
from * to end … 30 sts.
7th round – * K1, K2tog, rep
from * to end … 20 sts.
8th round – * K2tog, rep from
* to end … 10 sts.
Break off yarn, thread end
through rem sts, draw up
tightly and fasten off securely.
To make up
Make a pompom and a ach
securely to crown.
COLOUR BLOCK
CARDI
Skill Advanced kni ing
Measurements
Sizes Years 4 (6, 8, 10, 12) To
fit chest 60 (65, 70, 75, 80)cm
Actual Size approx 70 (75, 80,
85, 90)cm Length 37 (41, 45,
49, 54)cm Sleeve Length
28 (33, 38, 40, 42)cm
Gather your supplies
Colourway 1 HEIRLOOM
MERINO MAGIC 8 PLY 50g:
2 (2, 2, 2, 3) balls 1st Colour
(C1) Sunrise (6512), 2 (2, 2, 2, 2)
balls 2nd Colour (C2) Teal
(6232) and HEIRLOOM
MERINO FLECK 8 PLY 50g:
2 (2, 3, 3, 3) balls 3rd Colour
(C3) Pink Tint (6245) and
HEIRLOOM MERINO
MAGIC 8 PLY 50g: 1 (2, 2, 2, 3)
balls 4th Colour (C4) Polar
Blue (6526), 1 (2, 2, 2, 3) balls
5th Colour (C5) Sand (6243),
1 (2, 2, 2, 3) balls 6th Colour
(C6) Gold (6509).
Colourway 2 HEIRLOOM
MERINO MAGIC 8 PLY 50g:
2 (2, 2, 2, 3) balls 1st Colour
(C1) Fjord (6525), 2(2, 2, 2, 2)
balls 2nd Colour (C2) Moss
Green (6219) and HEIRLOOM
MERINO FLECK 8 PLY 50g:
2 (2, 3, 3, 3) balls 3rd Colour
(C3) Ochre (6566) and
HEIRLOOM MERINO
MAGIC 8 PLY 50g: 1 (2, 2, 2, 3)
balls 4th Colour (C4) So
Plum (6216) and HEIRLOOM
MERINO FLECK 8 PLY 50g:
1 (2, 2, 2, 3) balls 5th Colour
(C5) Mint (6546), 1 (2, 2, 2, 3)
balls 6th Colour (C6) Autumn
Oak (6591); 1 pair each 3.25mm
and 4mm kni ing needles or
size needed to give correct
tension; 1 stitch-holder; wool
needle for sewing seams;
6 (7-8-8-9) bu ons
Tension
22 sts and 30 rows to 10cm
over stocking st, using 4mm
needles. To work a tension
square, using 4mm needles,
cast on 33 sts. Work 44 rows
stocking st. Cast off loosely.
Check your tension carefully
(page 193). If fewer sts to 10cm
use smaller needles, if more
sts use larger needles.
Back
Using 3.25mm needles and
C6, cast on 89 (95-103-109115) sts.
Beg rib
1st row – K2, * P1, K1, rep from
* to last st, K1.
2nd row – K1, * P1, K1, rep from
* to end.
Rep last 2 rows 5 (5-7-7-9)
times ... 12 (12-16-16-20) rows
in total.
Beg right side of back
NOTE The Back is divided at
this point as centre back is
seamed.
Change to 4mm needles and
C1.
Next row – K2tog, K42 (4547-50-53), (K2tog) 0 (0-1-1-1)
times, turn.
Cont on these 43 (46-49-52-
55) sts for right side of Back,
leaving rem sts on stitchholder for le side of Back.
Next row – Cast on one st
(seam st, page 193), knit to end
... 44 (47-50-53-56) sts.
Beg pa 1
1st row – K0 (1-0-1-0), * P1, K1,
rep from * to end.
2nd row – Knit all knit sts and
purl all purl sts as they appear.
3rd row – P0 (1-0-1-0), * K1, P1,
rep from * to end.
4th row – As 2nd row.
Last 4 rows form Pa 1 for
right side of lower Back.
Cont until right side of Back
measures 21 (24-26-29-33)cm
from beg, working last row on
wrong side.
Change to C2 for rem.
Shape armhole
1st row – Cast off 3 (3-4-4-5)
sts, knit to end ... 41 (44-4649-51) sts.
Knit 1 row.
Beg pa 2
1st row – K2tog, * P1, K1, rep
from * to last 1 (0-0-1-1) sts, P1
(0-0-1-1) ... 40 (43-45-48-50)
sts.
2nd row – Knit all knit sts and
purl all purl sts as they appear.
3rd row – K2tog, knit to end ...
39 (42-44-47-49) sts.
4th row – Knit.
Rep 1st and 2nd rows once ...
38 (41-43-46-48) sts.
7th row – (K2tog) 0 (0-0-1-1)
times, knit to end ... 38 (4143-45-47) sts.
8th row – Knit.
9th row – (K2tog) 0 (0-0-0-1)
times, K1 (1-1-0-0), * P1, K1, rep
from * to last 1 (0-0-1-1) sts, P1
(0-0-1-1) ... 38 (41-43-45-46)
sts.
10th row – As 2nd row.
Knit 2 rows.
13th row – K1 (1-1-0-1), * P1, K1,
rep from * to last 1 (0-0-1-1) sts,
P1 (0-0-1-1).
14th row – As 2nd row.
Last 4 rows form Pa 2 for
rem of right side of upper
Back.
Cont until right side of Back
measures 36 (40-44-4853)cm from beg, working last
row on right side.
Shape back neck
1st row (wrong side) – Cast off
10 (11-11-11-12) sts, pa to end ...
28 (30-32-34-34) sts.
2nd row – Pa to last 2 sts,
pa 2tog.
3rd row – Pa 2tog, pa to
end ... 26 (28-30-32-32) sts.
Shape shoulder
Next row – Cast off 12 (13-1415-15) sts, pa to last 2 sts, pa
2tog.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 13 (14-15-16-16)
sts.
Beg le side of back
With right side facing, join C3
to rem 45 (48-52-55-58) sts on
stitch-holder for le side of
Back.
Next row – Cast on one st
(seam st), * K10 (10-9-9-10),
K2tog, rep from * 2 (2-3-3-3)
times, knit to end ... 43 (4649-52-55) sts.
Knit 1 row.
Beg pa 3
1st and foll alt rows – Knit.
2nd row – K4 (1-4-1-4), P2, * K4,
P2, rep from * to last st, K1.
4th row – As 2nd row.
6th row – K1 (4-1-4-1), * P2, K4,
rep from * to end.
8th row – As 6th row.
Last 8 rows form Pa 3 for le
side of lower Back.
Cont until le side of Back
measures approx 21 (24-2629-33)cm from beg, ending
with a 4th or 8th pa row.
Change to C4 for rem.
Next row – K10 (9-8-10-12),
* K2tog, K8 (7-8-8-12), rep
from * 2 (3-3-3-2) times, K3
(1-1-2-1) ... 40 (42-45-48-52) sts.
Shape armhole
1st row (wrong side) – Cast off
3 (3-4-4-5) sts, knit to end ...
37 (39-41-44-47) sts.
Beg pa 4
1st row – K1, * P2, K2, rep from
* to last 4 (2-4-3-2) sts, P2 (02-1-0), pa 2tog ... 36 (38-4043-46) sts.
2nd and foll alt rows – Knit all
knit sts and purl all purl sts as
they appear.
3rd row – P1, * K2, P2, rep from
* to last 3 (5-3-2-5) sts, K1 (2-10-2), P0 (1-0-0-1), pa 2tog ...
35 (37-39-42-45) sts.
5th row – K1, * P2, K2, rep from
* to last 2 (4-2-5-4) sts, P0 (20-2-2), K0 (0-0-1-0), pa 2tog
... 34 (36-38-41-44) sts.
7th row – P1, * K2, P2, rep from
* to last 1 (3-1-4-3) sts, K1 (2-12-1), P0 (1-0-0-0), (pa 2tog)
0 (0-0-1-1) times ... 34 (36-3840-43) sts.
9th row – K1, * P2, K2, rep from
* to last 1 (3-1-3-2) sts, P1 (2-12-0), K0 (1-0-1-0), (pa 2tog)
0 (0-0-0-1) times ... 34 (3638-40-42) sts.
11th row – P1, * K2, P2, rep
from * to last 1 (3-1-3-1) sts, K1
(2-1-2-1), P0 (1-0-1-0).
13th row – K1, * P2, K2, rep
from * to last 1 (3-1-3-1) sts, P1
(2-1-2-1), K0 (1-0-1-0).
14th row – As 2nd row.
Last 4 rows form Pa 4 for
rem of le side of upper Back.
Cont until le side of Back
measures 36 (40-44-4853)cm from beg, working last
row on wrong side.
Shape back neck
1st row – Cast off 9 (9-9-10-10)
sts, pa to end ... 25 (27-2930-32) sts.
2nd row – Pa to last 2 sts,
pa 2tog.
3rd row – Pa 2tog, pa to
end ... 23 (25-27-28-30) sts.
Shape shoulder
Next row – Cast off 11 (12-1313-14) sts, pa to last 2 sts, pa
2tog.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 11 (12-13-14-15) sts.
Right front
Using 3.25mm needles and
C5, cast on 45 (49-53-55-59)
sts.
Work 12 (12-16-16-20) rows rib
as for Back.
JUNE BHG
KNITTING AND CROCHET
Change to 4mm needles and
C4.
Next row – K4 (4-5-5-5),
* K2tog, K7 (8-5-9-6), rep from
* 3 (3-5-3-5) times, K2tog, K3
(3-4-4-4) ... 40 (44-46-50-52)
sts.
Knit 1 row.
Beg patt 4
1st row – K1, * P2, K2, rep from
* to last 3 (3-1-1-3) sts, P2 (2-11-2), K1 (1-0-0-1).
2nd row – Knit all knit sts and
purl all purl sts as they appear.
3rd row – P1, * K2, P2, rep from
* to last 3 (3-1-1-3) sts, K2 (2-11-2), P1 (1-0-0-1).
4th row – As 2nd row.
Last 4 rows form Patt 4 for
lower Right Front.
Cont until Right Front
measures 21 (24-26-29-33)cm
from beg, working last row on
wrong side.
Change to C5 for rem.
Next row – * K19 (9-14-8-11),
K2tog, rep from * 0 (2-1-3-2)
times, K19 (11-14-10-13) ...
39 (41-44-46-49) sts.
Shape armhole
1st row (wrong side) – Cast off
3 (3-4-4-5) sts, knit to end ...
36 (38-40-42-44) sts.
Beg patt 5
1st row – K1, * P1, K3, rep from
* to last 3 (5-3-5-3) sts, P1, K0
(2-0-2-0), patt 2tog ... 35 (3739-41-43) sts.
2nd row – K1, * P1, K1, rep from
* to end.
3rd row – K3, * P1, K3, rep
from * to last 4 (2-4-2-4) sts, P1
(0-1-0-1), K1 (0-1-0-1), patt 2tog
... 34 (36-38-40-42) sts.
4th row – Purl.
5th row – K1, * P1, K3, rep from
* to last 5 (3-5-3-5) sts, P1, K2
(0-2-0-2), patt 2tog ... 33 (3537-39-41) sts.
6th row – As 2nd row.
7th row – K3, * P1, K3, rep
from * to last 2 (0-2-4-2) sts, P1
(0-1-1-0), K1 (0-1-1-0), (patt
2tog) 0 (0-0-1-1) times ...
33 (35-37-38-40) sts.
8th row – Purl.
9th row – K1, * P1, K3, rep from
190 BHG JUNE 2024
* to last 0 (2-0-1-3) sts, P0 (10-1-1), K0 (1-0-0-0), (patt 2tog)
0 (0-0-0-1) times ... 33 (3537-38-39) sts.
10th row – K1 (1-1-0-1), * P1, K1,
rep from * to end.
11th row – K3, * P1, K3, rep
from * to last 2 (0-2-3-0) sts, P1
(0-1-1-0), K1 (0-1-2-0).
12th row – Purl.
13th row – K1, * P1, K3, rep
from * to last 0 (2-0-1-2) sts,
P0 (1-0-1-1), K0 (1-0-0-1).
14th row – As 10th row.
Last 4 rows form Patt 5 for
rem of upper Right Front.
Cont until Right Front
measures 30.5 (34-38-4246.5)cm from beg, working
last row on wrong side.
Shape neck
1st row – Cast off 5 sts, patt to
end ... 28 (30-32-33-34) sts.
Dec one st at neck edge in
every foll alt row 5 (4-4-4-2)
times, then in every foll 4th
row 2 (3-3-3-4) times ... 21 (2325-26-28) sts.
Work 2 (2-2-2-4) rows.
Shape shoulder
Next row – Cast off 10 (11-1213-14) sts, patt to end.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 11 (12-13-13-14) sts.
Left front
Using 3.25mm needles and
C5, cast on 45 (49-53-55-59)
sts.
Work 12 (12-16-16-20) rows rib
as for Back.
Change to 4mm needles and
C2.
Beg patt 2
Knit 2 rows.
3rd row – P1, * K1, P1, rep from
* to end.
4th row – Knit all knit sts and
purl all purl sts as they
appear.
Last 4 rows form Patt 2 for
lower Left Front.
Cont until lower Left Front
measures approx 21 (24-2629-33)cm from beg, ending
with a 4th patt row.
Change to C6 for rem.
Shape armhole
1st row – Cast off 3 (3-4-4-5)
sts, K4 (4-2-3-5) including st
already on needle after
casting off, * K2tog, K6 (4-45-5), rep from * 3 (5-6-5-5)
times, K2tog, K4 (4-3-4-5) ... 37
(39-41-44-47) sts.
Knit 1 row.
Beg patt 6
1st row – K2tog, knit to end ...
36 (38-40-43-46) sts.
2nd row – P1, K2, * P2, K2, rep
from * to last 1 (3-1-0-3) sts, P1
(2-1-0-2), K0 (1-0-0-1).
3rd row – K2tog, knit to end ...
35 (37-39-42-45) sts.
4th row – P1, K2, * P2, K2, rep
from * to last 0 (2-0-3-2) sts,
P0 (2-0-2-2), K0 (0-0-1-0).
5th row – K2tog, knit to end ...
34 (36-38-41-44) sts.
6th row – Knit.
7th row – (K2tog) 0 (0-0-1-1)
times, knit to end ... 34 (3638-40-43) sts.
8th row – P1, K2, * P2, K2, rep
from * to last 3 (1-3-1-0) sts, P2
(1-2-1-0), K1 (0-1-0-0).
9th row – (K2tog) 0 (0-0-0-1)
times, knit to end ... 34 (3638-40-42) sts.
10th row – P1, K2, * P2, K2, rep
from * to last 3 (1-3-1-3) sts, P2
(1-2-1-2), K1 (0-1-0-1).
11th and foll alt rows – Knit.
12th row – Knit.
14th row – P1, K2, * P2, K2,
rep from * to last 3 (1-3-1-3) sts,
P2 (1-2-1-2), K1 (0-1-0-1).
16th row – As 14th row.
Last 6 rows form Patt 6 for
rem of upper Left Front.
Cont until Left Front
measures 30.5 (34-3842-46.5)cm from beg, working
last row on right side.
Shape neck
1st row (wrong side) – Cast
off 5 sts, patt to end ...
29 (31-33-35-37) sts.
Dec. one st at neck edge
in next row, then in every foll
alt row 3 (2-2-4-3) times, then
in every foll 4th row 3 (4-43-4) times ... 22 (24-26-27-29)
sts.
Work 1 row.
Shape shoulder
Next row – Cast off 11 (12-1313-14) sts, patt to end.
Work 1 row.
Cast off rem 11 (12-13-14-15) sts.
Right sleeve
Using 3.25mm needles and
C2, cast on 43 (45-47-51-53)
sts.
Work 12 (12-16-16-20) rows rib
as for Back.
Change to 4mm needles and
C6.
Knit 1 row.
Next row – K3 (4-3-6-2),
* M1 (page 192), K2, rep from *
to last 2 (3-2-3-1) sts, K2
(3-2-3-1) ... 62 (64-68-72-78)
sts.
Beg patt 6
1st and foll alt rows – Knit.
2nd row – K0 (1-1-1-0), * P2, K2,
rep from * to last 2 (3-3-3-2)
sts, P2, K0 (1-1-1-0).
4th row – As 2nd row.
6th row – Knit.
Last 6 rows form Patt 6 for
lower Right Sleeve.
Cont until Right Sleeve
measures approx 19 (22-2526-27)cm from beg, ending
with a 4th patt row.
Change to C3 for rem.
Knit 1 row.
Next row – K21 (21-13-15-26),
* M1, K20 (22-14-14-26), rep
from * 0 (0-2-2-0) times, M1,
K21 (21-13-15-26) ... 64 (66-7276-80) sts.
Beg patt 3
1st and foll alt rows – Knit.
2nd row – K1 (0-0-1-0), P2
(1-1-2-2), K4, * P2, K4, rep
from * to last 3 (1-1-3-2) sts,
P2 (1-1-2-2), K1 (0-0-1-0).
4th row – As 2nd row.
6th row – K4 (2-2-4-3), * P2,
K4, rep from * to last 0 (4-40-5) sts, P0 (2-2-0-2), K0
(2-2-0-3).
8th row – As 6th row.
Last 8 rows form Patt 3 for
rem of Right Sleeve.
Cont until Right Sleeve
measures 28 (33-38-40-42)cm
from beg, working last row on
wrong side.
Shape top
Cast off 2 (2-2-2-3) sts at beg
of next 2 rows ... 60 (62-6872-74) sts.
Dec one st at each end of next
row, then in every foll alt row
until 28 (24-26-26-26) sts rem,
then in every row until 10 (1012-12-12) sts rem.
Cast off loosely.
Left sleeve
Using 3.25mm needles and
C4, cast on 43 (45-47-51-53)
sts.
Work 12 (12-16-16-20) rows rib
as for Back.
Change to 4mm needles and
C5.
Knit 1 row.
Next row – K7 (8-7-9-8), * M1,
K2, rep from * to last 4 (5-46-5) sts, K4 (5-4-6-5) ...
59 (61-65-69-73) sts.
Beg patt 5
1st row – K1 (0-0-0-0), P1,
* K3, P1, rep from * to last
1 (0-0-0-0) sts, K1 (0-0-0-0).
2nd row – K1 (0-0-0-0), * P1,
K1, rep from * to last 0 (1-1-1-1)
sts, P0 (1-1-1-1).
3rd row – K3 (2-2-2-2), * P1, K3,
rep from * to last 0 (3-3-3-3)
sts, P0 (1-1-1-1), K0 (2-2-2-2).
4th row – Purl.
Last 4 rows form Patt 5 for
lower Left Sleeve.
Cont until Left Sleeve
measures approx 19 (22-2526-27)cm from beg, ending
with a 4th patt row.
Change to C1 for rem.
Knit 1 row.
Next row – K3 (5-11-9-7), * M1,
K7 (7-6-6-6), rep from * to end
... 67 (69-74-79-84) sts.
Beg patt 1
1st row – K1 (1-0-1-0), * P1, K1,
rep from * to end.
2nd row – Knit all knit sts and
purl all purl sts as they appear.
3rd row – P1 (1-0-1-0), * K1, P1,
rep from * to end.
4th row – As 2nd row.
Last 4 rows form Patt 1 for rem
of Left Sleeve.
Cont until Left Sleeve
measures 28 (33-38-40-42)cm
from beg, working last row on
wrong side.
Shape top
Cast off 2 (2-2-2-3) sts at beg
of next 2 rows ... 63 (65-7075-78) sts.
Dec one st at each end of next
row, then in every foll alt row
until 45 (45-46-47-48) sts rem,
then in every row until 11 (1112-13-14) sts rem.
Cast off loosely.
Buttonhole band
NOTE Buttonholes are
traditionally placed on the
right for girls and the left for
boys.
With right side facing, using
3.25mm needles and C3, knit
up 75 (85-91-99-113) sts evenly
along preferred front edge for
Buttonhole Band.
Work 3 (3-5-5-5) rows rib as
for Back, beg with a 2nd row.
Buttonhole row – Rib 3, yfwd,
K2tog, * rib 13 (12-11-12-12),
yfwd, K2tog, rep from * 3 (45-5-6) times, rib 10 (10-8-1010) ... 5 (6-7-7-8) buttonholes.
Work 3 (3-3-3-5) rows rib.
Cast off loosely in rib.
neck, knit up 17 (17-17-19-19) sts
evenly across sts cast off for
back neck, knit up 4 sts evenly
along left side of back neck,
then knit up 34 (36-40-40-42)
sts evenly along left side of
front neck shaping and side
edge of band … 93 (97-105107-111) sts.
Work 3 (3-5-5-5) rows rib as
for Back, beg with a 2nd row.
Buttonhole row for
buttonhole band worked on
Right Front – Rib 3, yfwd,
K2tog, rib to end ... 6 (7-8-8-9)
buttonholes in total.
Buttonhole row for
buttonhole band worked on
Left Front – Rib to last 5 sts,
yfwd, K2tog, rib to end ...
6 (7-8-8-9) buttonholes in
total.
Both options
Work 3 (3-3-3-5) rows rib.
Cast off loosely in rib.
To make up
Join side and sleeve seams.
Placing centre of sleeve top to
shoulder seam, sew in sleeves
evenly. Sew on buttons.
Button band
With right side facing, using
3.25mm needles and C3, knit
up 75 (85-91-99-113) sts evenly
along other front edge for
Button Band.
Work 7 (7-9-9-11) rows rib as
for Back, beg with a 2nd row.
Cast off loosely in rib.
Neckband
Using Mattress stitch (page
192), join shoulder seams.
Join centre back seam easing
to fit, noting there may not be
the same number of rows in
left and right pieces.
With right side facing, using
3.25mm needles and C1, knit
up 34 (36-40-40-42) sts
evenly along side edge of right
front band and neck shaping
to shoulder seam, knit up 4 sts
evenly along right side of back
CHUNKY CHAIN
THROW
Skill Intermediate crochet
Measurements
Approx 85W x 110cmL
Gather your supplies
PATONS COTTON BLEND
8 PLY 50g: 4 balls each of:
1st Colour (C1) Flamingo (25),
2nd Colour (C2) Mauve (38),
3rd Colour (C3) Denim (21),
4th Colour (C4) Deepwater
(44), 5th Colour (C5) Aqua (17),
6th Colour (C6) Neo Mint (48),
7th Colour (C7) Lime Cream
(41), 8th Colour (C8) Yellow (6),
9th Colour (C9) Pineapple
(40), 10th Colour (C10) Orange
(7) and 11th Colour (C11) Bright
Red (18); 7mm crochet hook;
wool needle for finishing
Tension
10tr and 6 rows to 10cm over
treble fabric, using 7mm hook
and 2 strands of yarn held tog.
Correct tension is not essential
for this throw, however,
measurements and yarn
quantities are based on this
tension.
Special abbreviation
Dec = * yoh, draw up a lp in
next st, yoh and draw through
2 lps, rep from * in each of
next 2 sts, yoh and draw
through all 4 lps on hook.
Throw
Using 7mm hook and 2 strands
of C1 tog, loosely make 91ch.
NOTE Marking the sl st at Base
of each Loop with a safety pin
or lockable stitch marker may
be helpful for later
identification.
Set-up row (wrong side) – Miss
4ch, 1tr in each of next 9ch, (2tr,
15ch, sl st in top of last tr to
form Base of Loop, 1tr) all into
next ch, 1tr in each of next 9ch,
* Dec, 1tr in each of next 9ch,
(2tr, 15ch, sl st in top of last tr to
form Base of Loop, 1tr) all into
next ch, 1tr in each of next 9ch,
rep from * to last 2ch, miss 1ch,
1tr in last ch.
Beg patt
1st row (right side) – (1dc, 1ch) in
first tr, miss 1tr, 1tr in each of
next 9tr, 1tr in next Base (1dc,
23tr, 1dc) in Loop, 1tr in same
Base, 1tr in each of next 9tr,
* Dec, 1tr in each of next 9tr, 1tr in
next Base, (1dc, 23tr, 1dc) in Loop,
1tr in same Base, 1tr in each of
next 9tr, rep from * to last 2 sts,
miss 1tr, 1tr in turning ch.
JUNE 2024 BHG 191
KNITTING AND CROCHET
NOTE Chain effect is created
by interlocking Loops before
final row of Throw.
2nd row – (1dc, 1ch) in first tr,
miss 1tr, 1tr in each of next 9tr,
with Loop held at back – (2tr,
15ch, sl st in top of last tr, 1tr) in
next Base, 1tr in each of next
9tr, * Dec, 1tr in each of next
9tr, with Loop held at back –
(2tr, 15ch, sl st in top of last tr,
1tr) in next Base, 1tr in each of
next 9tr, rep from * to last
2 sts, miss 1tr, 1tr in turning ch.
Last 2 rows form pa .
Work 3 rows ... 3 Loops in each
of 4 columns.
NOTE When changing colour,
use new colour to work final lp
of last st in old colour (page
194).
Using 2 strands tog (beg with
2nd row), cont in 6 row stripes
of C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8,
C9 and C10, then 4 rows of
C11.
Using C11, 65th row – (1dc, 1ch)
in first tr, miss 1tr, 1tr in each of
next 9tr, with Loop held at
back – 3tr in next Base, 1tr in
each of next 9tr, * Dec, 1tr in
each of next 9tr, with Loop
held at back – 3tr in next Base,
1tr in each of next 9tr, rep from
* to last 2 sts, miss 1tr, 1tr in
turning ch.
66th row – (1dc, 1ch) in first tr,
miss 1tr, 1tr in each of next 9tr,
3tr in next tr, 1tr in each of
next 9tr, * Dec, 1tr in each of
next 9tr, 3tr in next tr, 1tr in
each of next 9tr, rep from * to
last 2 sts, miss 1tr, 1tr in turning
ch. Do not fasten off.
Form Loop chains
Beg at lower edge, pull 2nd
Loop through 1st Loop, 3rd
Loop through 2nd Loop and
cont until last Loop. Rep for
each column of Loops.
Using C11, Securing Loops
row – (1dc, 1ch) in first tr, miss
1tr, 1tr in each of next 5tr, miss
first 10 sts on top Loop, sl st in
each of next 5tr, miss 9tr
behind Loop, 1tr in each of
BHG JUNE
next 5tr, * Dec, 1tr in each of
next 5tr, miss first 10 sts on top
Loop, sl st in each of next 5tr,
miss 9tr behind Loop, 1tr in
each of next 5tr, rep from * to
last 2 sts, miss 1tr, 1tr in turning
ch. Fasten off.
INTARSIA SCARF
Skill Intermediate kni ing
Measurements
Approx 18W x 126cmL
Gather your supplies
HEIRLOOM MERINO
MAGIC 8 PLY 50g: 1 ball
each: 1st Colour (C1) Guava
(6235), 2nd Colour (C2) Polar
Blue (6526), 3rd Colour (C3)
Golden Ochre (6218), 4th
Colour (C4) Sunrise (6512),
5th Colour (C5) Gold ( 6509),
6th Colour (C6) Musk (6215),
7th Colour (C7) So Plum
(6216) and HEIRLOOM
MERINO FLECK 8 PLY 50g:
1 ball 8th Colour (C8) Cinder
(6558); 1 pair 4mm kni ing
needles; wool needle for
finishing; pompom maker
Tension
21 sts and 44 rows to 10cm
over garter st (every row knit),
using 4mm needles. Correct
tension is not essential for this
scarf, but, measurements and
yarn quantities are based on
this tension.
Scarf
Using 4mm needles and C6,
cast on 38 sts.
NOTE When changing
colours within a row, on right
side twist new colour under
finished colour. On wrong
side, bring finished colour to
front of work (purl position),
twist new colour under finished
colour then to back of work
ready to knit, making sure yarns
are worked firmly at joins (page
193).
1st row – Using C6 K19, using
C5 K19.
2nd row – Using C5 K19, using
C6 K19.
Rep last 2 rows 19 times ...
40 rows garter st in total.
Using C8 in place of C6 and C7
in place of C5, rep last
40 rows.
Using C1 in place of C8 and
C8 in place of C7, rep last
40 rows.
Using C3 in place of C1 and
C2 in place of C8, rep last
40 rows.
Using C8 in place of C3 and C4
in place of C2, rep last
40 rows.
Using C2 in place of C8 and C6
in place of C4, rep last
40 rows.
Using C5 in place of C2 and
C8 in place of C6, rep last
40 rows.
Using C7 in place of C5 and
C1 in place of C8, rep last
40 rows.
Using C8 in place of C7 and C3
in place of C1, rep last 40 rows.
Using C4 in place of C8 and C2
in place of C3, rep last
40 rows.
Using C6 in place of C4 and C8
in place of C2, rep last
40 rows.
Using C5 in place of C6 and
C7 in place of C8, rep last
40 rows.
Using C3 in place of C5 and C4
in place of C7, rep last
40 rows.
Using C8 in place of C3 and
C1 in place of C4, rep last
40 rows.
Cont using C8 to cast off
loosely knitways.
To make up
Using pompom maker, make
1 pompom in C2 and 1 in C7.
Gather ends of scarf, a ach C2
pompom to cast-on end and C7
pompom to cast-off end.
MATTRESS STITCH
With right sides facing up and pieces
side by side, insert wool needle from
wrong side, between edge stitch
and next stitch in first row. Insert
needle from right side between same
stitches on other piece then pass
needle under 2 rows, bringing it up to
front again. Insert wool needle down
in same space that last stitch on
first piece came out of, pass needle
under 2 rows, bringing it up to front
as before. Swap from side to side,
always placing needle in same space
the last stitch came out of. Do not
pull too tightly – the seam should be
as elastic as the fabric joins.
HALF MATTRESS STITCH
M1 – MAKE 1 STITCH
1
To make an extra stitch, with
left-hand needle, pick up loop which
lies before next stitch (from the front).
2
Knit into back of this loop. This will
twist the loop and prevent a hole
from appearing in your work.
KNITTING STITCH GUIDE
CASTING ON SEAM
STITCH
CARRYING COLOUR
AT SIDE EDGE
HOW TO FRINGE YOUR
HANDKNIT OR CROCHET
SLIP-STITCH
1
When casting on a seam stitch,
do not increase by knitting into
front and back of stitch. Make a
loop with yarn as shown and slip
onto left-hand needle, pulling up
stitch firmly, then work as first
stitch of row.
Do not break off colours when
not in use, but carry loosely up
side edge of work. Twist yarns
on every alternate row to keep
edge neat.
To check the row tension, place
a pin horizontally into the fabric
a few rows from the upper edge.
Measure down 10cm and place
another pin. Count the number of
rows between them.
1 Arrange piece(s) on a padded surface,
wrong side up. Using rust-proof pins, anchor
each piece at each corner. Use a ruler or
tape measure to check measurements, then
place pins at 2cm intervals, angling them
through the edge into the padded surface.
2 Re-measure and check that the lines are
straight. Re-pin as necessary to correct the
shape and size.
3 Check the ball band for pressing
instructions as any special requirements will
be listed there. Synthetics are usually not
pressed at all. Synthetic garments can be
pinned to shape as above, then dampened;
leave to dry naturally.
4 If pressing is recommended, cover with a
damp cloth and steam each piece, but
DO NOT PRESS.
5 When pieces are cool (or dry for
synthetics), remove pins and complete by
following the make up instructions.
KNITTING UP STITCHES
1
2
Insert needle through fabric 1 whole stitch in
from the edge, wrap yarn around needle (as for
knitting) and draw through fabric.
3
4
INTARSIA WOOLWIND
3
1 stitch knitted up.
USING SET OF DOUBLE-POINTED NEEDLES
2
1
2
KNITTING ROW
TENSION
CHECKING KNIT STITCH
TENSION
With tension square on a flat
surface, check the stitch tension
by placing a pin vertically into the
fabric a few stitches in from the
side edge. Measure across 10cm
and place another pin. Count the
number of stitches between them.
HOW TO BLOCK
Blocking is the pinning out
of each piece of work to the
correct size and shape.
Repeat Step 1 until required
number of stitches on needle.
This technique is used to knit
blocks of different colours. When
using this method, you will need
a separate ball for each section
of colour. The different coloured
yarns are twisted over each
other at the join to prevent holes.
Twist the colour to be used next,
underneath and to the right of the
one just used, making sure both
yarns are worked firmly at the
join. Always change colours on
the wrong side of the work so the
colour change does not show on
the right side.
JUNE 2024 BHG 193
KNITTING AND CROCHET
CROCHET STITCH GUIDE
CHAIN (ch)
CROCHET ROW TENSION
CROCHET STITCH TENSION
TREBLE (tr)
1
SLIP STITCH (sl st)
2
16 treble in 10cm width
9 rows in 10cm length
To check the row tension, place a
pin horizontally into the fabric a
few rows from the upper edge.
Measure down 10cm and place
another pin. Count the number
of rows between them.
With tension square on a flat surface,
check the stitch tension by placing
a pin vertically into the fabric a
few stitches in from the side edge.
Measure across 10cm and place
another pin. Count the number of
stitches between them.
3
DOUBLE TREBLE (DTR)
1
4
2
DOUBLE CROCHET (dc)
5
1
CHANGING COLOUR
IN CROCHET
FOUNDATION DC
2
When changing colour, work in
old colour until final yarn over
hook step of the last stitch
remains. Use the new colour
to complete the stitch.
1
Make 2ch. Insert hook under 2 loops of
2nd ch from hook.
3
2
HALF TREBLE (HTR)
Draw yarn through, yoh and draw yarn
through 1 lp (ch made).
1
3
Yoh and draw through both
lps on hook (dc made).
2
4
3
194 BHG JUNE 2024
Insert hook under 2 lps of ch made.
Rep steps 2, 3 and 4 until the
number of dc required
(ending with step 3).
FOR STOCKISTS OF HEIRLOOM, PATONS, CLECKHEATON
AND PANDA YARNS, CALL +61 3 5442 4673. FOR PATTERN
ENQUIRIES, EMAIL ENQUIRIES@AUSYARNCO.COM.AU.
midlands
M E R I N O
1 2
p l y
Single origin merino wool from Tasmania
The Drover Cabled Vest is knit in beautifully soft Cleckheaton Midlands Merino 12 ply
NEW premium digital pattern available now from cleckheaton.com.au or scan the QR code
/ausyarnco
@ausyarnco